WO2022041229A1 - Method and apparatus for clustering of terminal device - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for clustering of terminal device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022041229A1
WO2022041229A1 PCT/CN2020/112653 CN2020112653W WO2022041229A1 WO 2022041229 A1 WO2022041229 A1 WO 2022041229A1 CN 2020112653 W CN2020112653 W CN 2020112653W WO 2022041229 A1 WO2022041229 A1 WO 2022041229A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cluster
terminal device
information
cluster head
ssb
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/112653
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张云昊
徐修强
吴艺群
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/112653 priority Critical patent/WO2022041229A1/en
Publication of WO2022041229A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022041229A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for clustering terminal devices.
  • terminal devices gradually exhibit the characteristics of large numbers, densification, and multiple forms.
  • monitoring equipment eg, cameras
  • machines, sensors, etc. in the factory building
  • mobile phones tablets, wearable devices, etc.
  • base stations deployed by operators there is a situation in which one base station covers a large number of terminals.
  • the 3GPP protocol stipulates that under the coverage of the cellular network, the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state (RRC_IDLE) and the RRC inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) establishes the RRC connection state (RRC_CONNECTED) with the base station or sends data to the base station. Random access (random access) is required. access) process. Due to the limited number of random access preambles (preambles) specified in the protocol for random access procedures, when a base station covers a large number of terminals, two or more terminal devices may The probability of random access collision is higher by selecting the same preamble in the physical random access channel (PRACH) opportunity.
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • the terminal device After a random access collision occurs, the terminal device needs to wait for the conflict resolution message to determine whether the access is successful. The terminal device that fails to access will try the random access process again, which will cost a lot of time and energy consumption, which will seriously affect the terminal. Data transmission between the device and the base station.
  • a feasible solution is to form a cluster by N terminals, and perform random access in units of clusters, so as to reduce the probability of random access collision.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in a disconnected state, the terminal device cannot send and receive unicast messages with the network device. Therefore, the network device cannot individually instruct the terminal device to be a cluster head node or a cluster member node. Therefore, how to realize clustering of terminal devices is still an important problem that needs to be solved urgently.
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for clustering terminal devices, which is helpful for realizing clustering of multiple terminal devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for clustering terminal devices.
  • the method can be applied to the terminal devices in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the method includes: the terminal device receives first information sent by a network device.
  • the first information includes: the first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy; the terminal device, according to the first information, uses the cluster member node or The identity of the cluster head node joins the cluster.
  • the first information may also be referred to as clustering information, clustering indication information, or the like.
  • the network device may send the first information in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device may directly broadcast the first information, or may carry the first information in the broadcasted system information.
  • the terminal device that receives the first information can judge whether it satisfies the corresponding first condition and/or the second condition according to the indication of the first information, and then judge whether it can be a cluster member node or a cluster head node.
  • the identity of the device is added to the cluster, so as to realize the clustering of terminal devices.
  • the clustering process of the scheme is simple, the signaling and energy consumption overhead in the clustering process of terminal equipment can be reduced, and the communication effect after clustering is better.
  • the first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter; the terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information, including: The terminal device determines that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval; when the terminal device determines that the first clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster member node's Identity joins the cluster.
  • the candidate identity of the terminal device can be indicated by the first value interval of the specified parameter. After the terminal device receives the first information, it can determine whether the candidate identity can be determined by judging its own candidate identity. As a cluster member node, it forms a cluster with other terminal devices.
  • the first clustering condition includes: the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a first value, and the first value is used to indicate the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster. Quantity limit.
  • a candidate cluster member node can join the cluster according to the number of allowed member nodes in the cluster. It should be understood that, this is only an example of the clustering conditions, but not any limitation. In other embodiments, it is also possible to determine whether a candidate cluster member node is allowed to join the cluster in other ways, for example, according to the capability of the terminal device. , business requirements or network structure requirements, etc., which are not repeated here.
  • the first information includes time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the first clustering
  • the condition includes: the terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained based on the SL-SSB of the time-frequency code resource, wherein the The information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB indicated by the time-frequency code resource. scheduled resources.
  • an example is given to provide a way of judging whether the terminal device satisfies the first clustering condition. That is, it is judged by the number of cluster member nodes carried in the designated SL-SSB broadcast by the cluster head node to the cluster member nodes, or by the cluster head node broadcasted to the cluster member nodes. Judgment of the number of member nodes.
  • the first value interval includes at least two first sub-intervals
  • the first condition further includes a first interval relationship corresponding to the at least two first sub-intervals.
  • the specified parameter is reference signal received power RSRP
  • the first condition further includes at least two reference signal identifiers corresponding to the at least two first subintervals respectively.
  • the at least two first subsections include at least one first subsection corresponding to the first cell and/or at least one first subsection corresponding to the second cell, wherein the The first cell is a cell managed by the network device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell, and the first condition further includes a cell identifier of the second cell. That is, the first information may include any relevant information for indicating the identity of the candidate cluster member node of the terminal device.
  • the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter; the terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information, including: The terminal device determines that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval; when the terminal device determines that the second clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster head node's Identity joins the cluster.
  • the second value interval of the specified parameter can be used to indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device in the first information.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the first information, it can determine whether the candidate identity can be determined by judging its own candidate identity.
  • the cluster head node As the cluster head node, it forms a cluster with other terminal devices.
  • the second clustering condition includes: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a second value, and the second value is used to indicate the number of cluster head nodes of the cluster. Quantity limit.
  • the candidate cluster head node can join the cluster according to the number of allowed cluster head nodes in the cluster. It should be understood that this is only an example of the clustering condition, but not any limitation. In other embodiments, it is also possible to determine whether a candidate cluster head node is allowed to join the cluster in other ways, for example, according to the capability of the terminal device. , business requirements or network structure requirements, etc., which are not repeated here.
  • the first information includes the second value and the time-frequency code resource of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies
  • the second clustering condition includes: the number of SL-SSBs received by the terminal device based on the time-frequency code resource is less than the second value.
  • an example is given to provide a way of judging whether the terminal device satisfies the second clustering condition. That is, according to whether the designated SL-SSB is received, it is determined whether the corresponding cluster head node has sent the designated SL-SSB.
  • the first information includes the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the second clustering
  • the condition includes: the terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
  • the terminal device whose candidate identity is the candidate cluster head node can also enter the connected state, and the terminal device is individually instructed by the network device as the cluster head node.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sending the measurement value of the specified parameter to the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the network device according to the specified parameter measured values are sent.
  • the terminal device whose candidate identity is the candidate cluster head node can also enter the connected state, and can report the measurement result of the specified parameter to the network device, so that the network device can indicate the terminal device as the cluster according to the measurement value reported by the terminal device. head node.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and does not meet the second clustering condition, the terminal device uses the cluster head node or cluster member node's name according to the first information.
  • Joining a cluster with an identity further comprising: when the terminal device satisfies the first clustering condition, joining the cluster as a member node of the cluster; or the terminal device sends a message to the cluster head node in the cluster.
  • a first request where the first request carries the measurement value of the specified parameter, and is used to request to exchange node identities with the cluster head node, and join the cluster as the cluster head node.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device whose candidate identity is the candidate cluster head node does not meet the second clustering condition and cannot join the cluster, the terminal device can still be clustered in other ways.
  • the method further includes: when the terminal device is a cluster head node, sending the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource; or when the terminal device is a cluster member node, sending the SL-SSB based on the cluster head
  • the feedback resource carried in the SL-SSB sent by the node sends the clustering result information to the cluster head node.
  • the behavior of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member nodes can be indicated in the first information, so as to form a cluster with other terminal devices.
  • the second value interval includes at least two second subintervals
  • the second condition further includes a second interval relationship corresponding to the at least two second subintervals.
  • the at least two second subsections include at least one second subsection corresponding to the first cell and/or at least one second subsection corresponding to the second cell, wherein the The first cell is a cell managed by the network device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell, and the second condition further includes a cell identifier of the second cell.
  • the specified parameter is reference signal received power RSRP
  • the second condition further includes at least two reference signal identifiers corresponding to the at least two second sub-intervals respectively. That is, the first information may include any relevant information for indicating the identity of the candidate cluster head node of the terminal device.
  • the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP;
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the reference signal obtained by the terminal device by measuring the reference signal of the camped cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camped cell.
  • the RSRP measurement value of the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the terminal The value of the distance between the device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block SSB with the maximum RSRP received by the terminal device index value of .
  • the network device can indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device based on any information in the first information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for clustering terminal devices, the method is applicable to network devices in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , the method includes: the network device generates first information, the first information The information includes: the first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy; the network device sends the first information, and the first information is used to indicate the terminal The device joins the cluster as a cluster member node or cluster head node.
  • the generation of the first information by the network device includes: the network device generates the first information according to historical clustering information, wherein the historical clustering information includes clusters that have been clustered in history Information about the head node and/or cluster member nodes.
  • the first information further includes any one or a combination of the following: the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the second The value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster; the cell identifiers of the first cell and/or the second cell to which the cluster head nodes in the cluster belong, where the first cell is the network The cell managed by the device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell.
  • the first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine that its candidate identity is based on the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval candidate cluster head node; and/or, the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine its own value according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval
  • the candidate identity is the candidate cluster member node.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends cluster head indication information to the terminal device, where the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device as a cluster head node to send the SL -SSB.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, a measurement value of a specified parameter sent by the terminal device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the specified parameter measured values are sent.
  • the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP;
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the reference signal obtained by the terminal device by measuring the reference signal of the camped cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camped cell.
  • the RSRP measurement value of the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the terminal The value of the distance between the device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block SSB with the maximum RSRP received by the terminal device index value of .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for clustering terminal devices, the apparatus includes: a transceiver unit configured to receive first information sent by a network device, where the first information includes: a candidate cluster member node should The first condition that is satisfied, and/or the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy; the processing unit, configured to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information.
  • the first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: determine the candidate identity according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval is a candidate cluster member node; when it is determined that the first clustering condition is met, join the cluster as the cluster member node.
  • the first clustering condition includes: the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a first value, and the first value is used to indicate the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster. Quantity limit.
  • the first information includes time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the first clustering
  • the condition includes: the terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained based on the SL-SSB of the time-frequency code resource, wherein the The information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB indicated by the time-frequency code resource. scheduled resources.
  • the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: determine the candidate identity according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval is a candidate cluster head node; when it is determined that the second clustering condition is satisfied, join the cluster as the cluster head node.
  • the second clustering condition includes: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a second value, and the second value is used to indicate the number of cluster head nodes of the cluster. Quantity limit.
  • the first information includes the second value and the time-frequency code resource of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies
  • the second clustering condition includes: the number of SL-SSBs received by the terminal device based on the time-frequency code resource is less than the second value.
  • the first information includes the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the second clustering
  • the condition includes: the terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the measurement value of the specified parameter to the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the terminal device.
  • the measured value of the specified parameter is sent.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: when the first clustering condition is satisfied, The identity of the cluster member node is added to the cluster; or, a first request is sent to the cluster head node in the cluster, where the first request carries the measurement value of the specified parameter, which is used for requesting communication with the cluster After exchanging node identities, the head node joins the cluster as the cluster head node.
  • the transceiver unit when the processing unit is determined to be a cluster head node, the transceiver unit is further configured to send the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource; or, when the processing unit is determined to be a cluster member node , the transceiver unit is further configured to send cluster entry result information to the cluster head node based on the feedback resources carried in the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node.
  • the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP;
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the reference signal obtained by the terminal device by measuring the reference signal of the camped cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camped cell.
  • the RSRP measurement value of the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the terminal The value of the distance between the device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block SSB with the maximum RSRP received by the terminal device index value of .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for clustering terminal devices, the apparatus includes: a processing unit configured to generate first information, where the first information includes: the first information that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy condition, and/or, the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy; the transceiver unit, configured to send the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to join as a cluster member node or a cluster head node cluster.
  • the processing unit is configured to: generate the first information according to historical clustering information, wherein the historical clustering information includes cluster head nodes and/or cluster member nodes that form clusters in the past Information.
  • the first information further includes any one or a combination of the following: the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the second The value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster; the cell identifiers of the first cell and/or the second cell to which the cluster head nodes in the cluster belong, where the first cell is the network The cell managed by the device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell.
  • the first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine that its candidate identity is based on the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval candidate cluster head node; and/or, the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine its own value according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval
  • the candidate identity is the candidate cluster member node.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send cluster head indication information to the terminal device, where the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device as a cluster head node to send the SL-SSB .
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive a measurement value of a specified parameter sent by the terminal device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the measurement of the network device in response to the specified parameter value sent.
  • the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP;
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the reference signal obtained by the terminal device by measuring the reference signal of the camped cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camped cell.
  • the RSRP measurement value of the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the terminal The value of the distance between the device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block SSB with the maximum RSRP received by the terminal device index value of .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or The method of any one of the second aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, the chip is coupled to a memory, the chip reads a computer program stored in the memory, and executes the method described in any one of the first aspect or the second aspect. .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for clustering terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 3A-3B are schematic diagrams of a manner of indicating an area where a terminal device is located according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for clustering terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for clustering terminal devices according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for clustering terminal devices according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of an apparatus for clustering terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of an apparatus for clustering terminal devices according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of an apparatus for clustering terminal devices according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device can perform a radio resource control (RRC) establishment process with a network device , when an RRC connection is established with the network device, the RRC state of the terminal device is the RRC connected state. Subsequently, the RRC state of the terminal device may transition among the following states: RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state, RRC connected (RRC_CONNECTED) state and RRC inactive (RRC_INACTIVE) state.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the network device When the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, there is an RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device. At this time, the network device knows that the terminal device is within the coverage of the network device or within the management scope of the network device, for example, the network device knows that the terminal device is within the coverage of the cell managed by the network device; the core network knows In which network device the terminal device is covered or managed, the core network knows through which network device the terminal device can be located or found. When the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the network device and the terminal device can transmit the data channel and/or control channel specific to the terminal device, so as to transmit the specific information or unicast information of the terminal device.
  • the network device may send a terminal device-specific physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and/or a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device may send the network device
  • the terminal device may receive the uplink scheduling indication or the downlink scheduling indication sent by the network device through the PDCCH.
  • the terminal device may send hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) information to the network device through the PUCCH, which is used to indicate the demodulation of the downlink data by the terminal device.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the terminal equipment When the terminal equipment is in the RRC idle state, the RRC connection between the terminal equipment and the access network is released. At this time, the terminal device may receive a paging message, a broadcast channel, and/or system information and the like from the network device.
  • the network device In the RRC idle state, the network device does not know whether the terminal device is within the coverage of the network device or is within the management range of the network device, for example, the network device does not know whether the terminal device is managed by the network device. Within the coverage of the cell; the core network does not know which network device the terminal device is within the coverage or management range, and the core network does not know through which network device the terminal device can be located or found.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device is suspended, but the core network retains the registration information of the terminal. At this time, the core network knows which network device(s) the terminal device is covered by or within the management range, and the core network knows through which network device(s) the terminal device can be located or found.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC_INACTIVE state, the terminal device may receive paging messages, synchronization signals, broadcast messages, and/or system information, etc. from the network device.
  • N terminals form a cluster and perform the random access process in units of clusters, although the random access collision probability can be reduced to a certain extent.
  • the network device can broadcast messages to the terminal device, but the terminal device cannot send and receive unicast messages with the network device, so the network device cannot individually instruct the terminal device to be a cluster head node or a cluster member node, and it is difficult to ensure that the terminal can communicate with the network device after forming a cluster. communication effect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and apparatus for clustering terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment can receive the first information (including the indication information indicating that the terminal equipment is clustered) broadcast by network equipment, and Indicate, form a cluster with other terminal devices, so as to realize the terminal clustering.
  • the clustering process of the scheme is simple, the signaling and energy consumption overhead in the clustering process of terminal equipment can be reduced, and the communication effect after clustering is better.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network device 110 and at least one terminal device 120 .
  • the network device 110 may be configured with multiple antennas, and the terminal device 120 may also be configured with multiple antennas. It should be understood that the network device 110 or the terminal device 120 may also include various components related to signal transmission and reception (eg, processors, modulators, multiplexers, demodulators or demultiplexers, etc.). Due to the mobility of the terminal device 120 , as shown in FIG. 1 , the terminal device 120 may be within the coverage 111 of the network device 110 or outside the coverage 111 of the network device 110 . As shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device 120 when the terminal device 120 is within the coverage 111 of the network device 110 , the terminal device 120 can receive downlink signals sent by the network device 110 and/or send uplink signals to the network device 110 .
  • the coverage area of the network device is only schematically represented here based on the ellipse 111. In a specific application, the coverage area of the network device may be a circular area, or may include multiple sectors. This application does not Do limit.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system may further include other network devices or may also include other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the communication system may include at least one network device and at least one terminal device.
  • the network device and the terminal device may also be referred to as communication devices, and the communication devices may use air interface resources for wireless communication.
  • a network device may also be referred to as a network-side device.
  • the air interface resources may include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code resources and space resources.
  • at least one may also be described as one or more, and the multiple may be two, three, four or more, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as a terminal, which may be a device with a wireless transceiver function, which may be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it may also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as on airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), wherein the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with a wireless communication function.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, intelligent Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the device for realizing the functions of the terminal is a terminal, and the terminal is a UE as an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application includes a base station (base station, BS), which may be a device deployed in a wireless access network and capable of wirelessly communicating with a terminal.
  • the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point.
  • the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station in 5G or a base station in LTE, where the base station in 5G may also be called a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP) or gNB.
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the network device.
  • the device for implementing the functions of the network equipment is the network equipment, and the network equipment is a base station as an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to wireless communication between communication devices.
  • the wireless communication between communication devices may include: wireless communication between a network device and a terminal, wireless communication between a network device and a network device, and wireless communication between a terminal and a terminal.
  • wireless communication may also be referred to as “communication” for short, and the term “communication” may also be described as "data transmission", “information transmission” or “transmission”.
  • At least one may also be described as one or more, and the multiple may be two, three, four or more, which is not limited in this application.
  • "/" may indicate that the objects associated before and after are an "or" relationship, for example, A/B may indicate A or B; “and/or” may be used to describe that there are three types of associated objects A relationship, for example, A and/or B, can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • words such as “first” and “second” may be used to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions.
  • the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the difference.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” should not be construed are preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present the relevant concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to 5G NR (New Radio) systems, and can also be applied to other communication systems, such as Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution), Code Division Multiple Access CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access) Access), WIFI, or a future 6G communication system, etc., as long as there are network devices (eg, network device 110 in FIG. 1 ) and multiple terminal devices (eg, terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 ) in the communication system. There is a terminal device within the coverage of a network device, receiving a downlink signal sent by the network device, and/or sending an uplink signal to the network device. Other terminal devices may or may not be within the coverage of the network device.
  • 5G NR New Radio
  • other communication systems such as Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution), Code Division Multiple Access CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access) Access), WIFI, or a future 6G communication system, etc.
  • network devices eg, network device 110 in FIG. 1
  • multiple terminal devices eg, terminal device 120 in FIG
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a method for clustering terminal devices, and the method can be implemented by the network device and/or the terminal device in FIG. 1 .
  • the steps of the method will be described in detail below with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the terminal device clustering method includes the following steps:
  • S210 The network device sends the first information.
  • S220 The terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster head node or a cluster member node according to the first information.
  • the network device may send the first information in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device may directly broadcast the first information, or may carry the first information in the broadcasted system information or other information, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first information may also be referred to as clustering information, clustering indication information, or the like.
  • the network device may divide the clusters to be formed by a large number of terminal devices within its coverage or its management range, and generate the above-mentioned first information.
  • the first information may include relevant indication information of one or more clusters to be formed by a large number of terminal devices within the coverage or management range of the network device, and the relevant indication information may include but not limited to: The indication information of the identity conditions that the cluster should satisfy, and the indication information about the behavior of the corresponding node identity after the terminal device forms the cluster.
  • the network device may broadcast the first information within its entire coverage area or the entire management area, or may broadcast the first information within a preset area.
  • the first information broadcast by the network device may include the relevant indication information of all the clusters within the coverage or management range of the network device, and may also include the relevant indication information of one or more predetermined clusters. This is not limited. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may implement clustering of a large number of terminal devices according to application scenarios or business requirements or other requirements, so as to ensure good communication effect between terminal nodes in the cluster after clustering. , the network device may also perform clustering according to the information of the cluster head nodes and/or cluster member nodes that form a cluster in the past (referred to as historical clustering information), and this application does not make any limitation on the clustering method.
  • clustering refers to the division of clusters corresponding to a large number of terminal devices by network equipment, and “clustering” refers to that terminal devices that meet corresponding conditions form clusters with each other.
  • the included indication information is the indication information that the network device divides the cluster, and is used to inform the terminal device of the relevant conditions that should be satisfied when forming a cluster with other terminal devices.
  • the first information may include: a first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or a second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the first information, it can realize terminal clustering by judging whether it satisfies the first condition and/or the second condition. For example, if the terminal device satisfies the first condition, it can determine that its candidate identity in the cluster to be joined is a candidate cluster member node, and then use the identity of the candidate cluster member node to determine whether it can join the corresponding cluster as a cluster head node .
  • the terminal device If the terminal device satisfies the second condition, it can determine its candidate identity in the cluster to be joined currently as a candidate cluster head node, and then use the identity of the candidate cluster head node to determine whether it can join the corresponding cluster as a cluster member node. Therefore, the terminal device itself can form a cluster with other terminal devices according to the instruction of the first information, the clustering process is simple, and the signaling and energy consumption overhead in the clustering process of the terminal device can be reduced. here. It should be noted that if the terminal device neither satisfies the first condition nor the second condition, it can be considered that the terminal device does not need to be clustered, or the network device does not instruct it to form a cluster with other terminal devices. In other cases, this application does not limit it. In the embodiments of the present application, the main focus is on the clustering of terminal devices that can serve as candidate cluster head nodes or candidate cluster member nodes, which will not be distinguished hereinafter.
  • the above-mentioned first condition and/or second condition may be any condition for determining the candidate identity of the terminal device in the cluster to be joined.
  • the first condition may include, for example, information used to indicate the first area where the cluster member node is located
  • the second condition may include information used to indicate the second area where the cluster head node is located, for example.
  • the first area may also be called a cluster member area
  • the second area may also be called a cluster head area.
  • the terminal may determine its candidate identity in the cluster to be added according to the area where it is located and the relationship with the first area and the second area. For example, if the area where the terminal device is located belongs to the first area, its candidate identity can be determined as a candidate cluster member node. Alternatively, if the area where the terminal device is located belongs to the second area, its candidate identity can be determined as a candidate cluster head node.
  • first condition and/or the second condition are only exemplarily described here without any limitation.
  • the first condition and/or the second condition may also be based on services, terminals
  • the capability, the topology structure of the terminal, etc. indicate candidate identities, which are not limited in this application.
  • the first condition may include a first value interval of the specified parameter, and the first value interval may be used to indicate the first area where the candidate cluster member node is located.
  • the second condition may include a second value interval of the specified parameter, where the second value interval is used to indicate the second area where the candidate cluster head node is located.
  • the terminal device can determine its candidate identity in the cluster to be added according to the relationship between the measured value of the specified parameter and the first value interval and the second value interval, respectively. Specifically, for example, the terminal device may determine that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval; and/or, the terminal device belongs to the specified parameter according to the measurement value of the specified parameter. In the second value interval, the candidate identity is determined as the candidate cluster head node.
  • the above-mentioned specified parameter may be any parameter that can be used to determine the candidate identity of the terminal device, and the measurement value of the specified parameter is a corresponding result obtained by the terminal device measuring the specified parameter.
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter is a corresponding result obtained by the terminal device measuring the specified parameter.
  • the specified parameter may be reference signal received power (RSRP).
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter may include the RSRP measurement value obtained by the terminal device measuring the reference signal of the cell where it resides and/or the neighbor cell of the cell.
  • the reference signal may include, for example, a synchronized signal block (synchronized signal block, SSB) and/or a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), and the like.
  • a network device transmits multiple beams to a first cell (also referred to as this cell in this embodiment of the present application) managed by the network device, and the SSB of each beam may be used by terminal devices located within the coverage of the first cell. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 received. Terminal devices 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 may measure the received RSRP of one or more SSBs, respectively. Assume that the network device divides the mass terminal devices within its coverage or management range into clusters based on the signal strength.
  • the network device may use the first information based on the index value of the SSBs (for example, SSB-1 and SSB-2) that can cover the area R-2 (for example, SSB-1 and SSB-2) and each SSB
  • the first value interval [PN-j, PN-k] of the corresponding RSRP is used as the first condition.
  • the terminal devices 3 and 4 After the terminal devices 3 and 4 receive the corresponding SSB-1 and/or SSB-2 and measure the RSRP, they can be based on the RSRP The measured value is compared with [PN-j, PN-k] to determine whether it can be a candidate cluster member node.
  • the network device may scan the first information based on the index values of the SSBs (for example, SSB-1 and SSB-2) that can scan the area R-1 and the second value interval [PN-i, PN-1]
  • the terminal devices 2 and 5 receive the corresponding SSB-1 and/or SSB-2 and measure the RSRP, they can compare with [PN-i, PN-1] based on the RSRP measurement value , to determine whether it can be a candidate cluster head node.
  • N is a positive integer, representing the index value of the SSB, i, l, j, and k respectively represent threshold values based on signal strength, and l and j may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device 1 located in the overlapping area of the first cell and the second cell can receive The SSB-3 of the first cell may also receive the SSB-1 of the second cell. Therefore, the network device may also use the index value of each SSB of the current cell and the neighboring cell and the corresponding RSRP value interval as the first condition and/or the second condition in the first information.
  • the measurement value of the designated parameter by the terminal device may further include the received index value of the SSB and/or the cell identifier of the cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the specified parameter may be a terminal location parameter, including but not limited to any one or combination of the following: longitude and latitude, distance, and azimuth.
  • the measured value of the terminal location parameter and the value interval of the terminal location parameter may be associated, for example, by the location of the network device.
  • the measured value of the specified parameter may be the longitude and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the distance value of the terminal device from the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device.
  • the network device takes itself as the reference origin, and performs clustering and division of a large number of terminal devices within its coverage or management range. After clustering, it is determined that the region R-1 in Fig. 3B is the region where the candidate cluster member nodes are located, The area R-2 is the area where the candidate cluster head node is located, and the network device can use the first information as the information based on the longitude, latitude, distance, azimuth and other information of the area R-1 relative to the network device itself and the corresponding value interval. the first condition and/or the second condition. Correspondingly, the terminal device can obtain the corresponding measurement value by measuring the specified parameter through the corresponding technology.
  • the longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device can be obtained through GPS positioning technology, and the distance value and/or azimuth angle from the network device can be obtained by interacting measurement signals with the network device.
  • the present application does not limit the manner of obtaining the measured value of the terminal location parameter.
  • the first (second) value interval of the specified parameter may be a single value interval, or may include at least two first (second) sub-intervals. If the first (2) value interval includes at least two first (2) subintervals, the first (2) condition may also include the first (2) interval corresponding to the at least two first (2) subintervals relation.
  • the at least two first (second) sub-regions may include at least one first (second) sub-region corresponding to the first cell and/or at least one first (second) sub-region corresponding to the second cell, wherein,
  • the first cell is a cell managed by the network device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell, and the first (second) condition may further include a cell identifier of the second cell.
  • the first (second) condition further includes at least two reference signal identifiers corresponding to the at least two first (second) sub-intervals respectively.
  • the reference signal is an SSB
  • the reference signal identifier is an SSB index.
  • the reference signal is a CSI-RS
  • the reference signal identifier may refer to a CSI-RS resource corresponding to the CSI-RS, and the CSI-RS resource may be indicated, for example, in other information sent by the network device, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method for determining the candidate identity of the terminal device is only described here by taking RSRP and the terminal location parameter as examples without any limitation.
  • the candidate identity of the terminal device may also be determined in other ways. This application does not limit this.
  • the first information indicates the relevant conditions that the terminal device should meet as a candidate cluster head node and/or a candidate cluster member node
  • the content included in the first information will affect the clustering result of the terminal device.
  • the specified parameter as RSRP
  • SSB synchronized signal block
  • the network equipment may carry the first information in the system information broadcast to the terminal equipment of the first cell (that is, the current cell) managed by the network equipment to indicate that the terminal equipment that can receive the first information and meet the corresponding conditions, as a cluster member node. Or the identity of the cluster head node is added to the corresponding cluster, and the terminal device is instructed to act as a cluster head node or a cluster member node.
  • the terminal devices may all be in a disconnected state, and form a cluster with other terminal devices according to the received first information.
  • the first information may include the content shown in Table 1 below:
  • the first information may include cluster identifiers of the clusters, such as cluster numbers 1, 2, and 3.
  • cluster identifiers of the clusters such as cluster numbers 1, 2, and 3.
  • each cluster indicated in the first information may be abbreviated as cluster 1, cluster 2, cluster 3 . . . correspondingly according to its cluster number.
  • the first information may include a first condition and a second condition corresponding to each cluster, the first condition is used to indicate the cluster member area (ie the first area) of the cluster, and the second condition is used to indicate the cluster head of the cluster.
  • the area (ie the second area), the first condition and the second condition are used by the terminal device to determine its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster.
  • the first condition may include the index value of the SSB of the current cell and the corresponding first value interval of the RSRP
  • the second condition may include the index value of the SSB of the current cell and the corresponding second value interval of the RSRP.
  • N is a positive integer, indicating the index value of the SSB, i, j, k represents a threshold value based on signal strength, respectively.
  • the first information may indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device through the RSRP value interval corresponding to one SSB, or may jointly indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device through the RSRP value interval corresponding to two or more SSBs respectively.
  • the SSB index indicated by the cluster head area and the SSB index indicated by the cluster member area may be the same, may be different, or not exactly the same.
  • the first value interval and the second value interval corresponding to the same SSB index are different or not completely the same.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area and the cluster member area corresponding to the cluster 1 both indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device through an RSRP value interval corresponding to an SSB.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area corresponding to cluster 1 includes SSB-1 and the second value interval [P1-1, P1-2] of RSRP corresponding to SSB-1
  • the indication information of the cluster member area includes SSB-1 and the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] of RSRP corresponding to SSB-1.
  • the terminal device can consider its candidate identity in cluster 1 as a candidate cluster head node. If the terminal device receives SSB-1, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-1 belongs to the second value interval [P1-2, P1-3] corresponding to SSB-1, it is considered that the terminal device corresponds to cluster 1 In the cluster member area, the terminal device can consider its candidate identity in cluster 1 as a candidate cluster member node.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area corresponding to cluster 2 jointly indicates the candidate identity of the terminal device through the RSRP value interval corresponding to the two SSBs, wherein the cluster head area indicates
  • the indices of the two SSBs in the cluster member area may be the same as the indices of the two SSBs indicated by the cluster member area, and may also be different or not exactly the same.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area also includes an indication of the interval relationship that should be satisfied by the RSRP value ranges corresponding to the two SSBs.
  • the network device may indicate the interval relationship between the RSRP value intervals corresponding to different SSBs in the first information according to the application scenario or service requirements or other requirements, which is not limited in this application.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area corresponding to cluster 2 includes SSB-2 and the first value interval [P2-1, P2-2], SSB-3 and SSB-3 of RSRP corresponding to SSB-2
  • the terminal device receives SSB-2, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-2 belongs to the second value interval [P2-1, P2-2] corresponding to SSB-2, and the terminal device receives the SSB -3, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-3 belongs to the second value interval [P3-1, P3-2] corresponding to the SSB-3, then the terminal device can determine that its candidate identity in cluster 2 is Candidate cluster head node.
  • the indication information of the cluster member area corresponding to cluster 2 includes SSB-1 and the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] of the RSRP corresponding to SSB-1, and the first value range of the RSRP corresponding to SSB-2 and SSB-2.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area jointly indicates the candidate identity of the terminal device through the RSRP value interval corresponding to more (two or more) SSBs, then the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area
  • the indication information of the area is an indication of the interval relationship that should be satisfied by the RSRP value intervals corresponding to the more SSBs. , and will not be repeated here.
  • the first information may further include the second value and the time-frequency code of the sidelink synchronized signal block (SL-SSB) sent by the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster resource.
  • the second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes that form the corresponding cluster
  • the time-frequency code resource of the SL-SSB is used to indicate the time-frequency position of the SL-SSB broadcast by the cluster head node that joins the corresponding cluster and sequence used. If the candidate identity of the terminal device is the candidate cluster head node, for example, it can determine whether it can join the cluster as the cluster head node according to whether the number of existing cluster head nodes in the corresponding cluster reaches the second value.
  • the terminal device joins the cluster as the cluster head node, it broadcasts the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB, so that the candidate cluster member nodes of the SL-SSB broadcasted by the cluster head node can broadcast the SL-SSB according to the resources of the SL-SSB. Synchronize with the cluster head node.
  • the candidate identity of the terminal device is a candidate cluster member node, it can search for the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node on the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the time-frequency code resource of the SL-SSB indicated in the first information, so as to find the SL-SSB by itself.
  • the cluster head node of the cluster to be joined, and forms a cluster with the cluster head node and/or other existing member nodes in the cluster.
  • the cluster head node may carry the cluster information to be broadcast to the cluster member nodes in the SL-SSB sent based on the above time-frequency code resources, or may carry the cluster information in a resource indicated by the SL-SSB or associated with the SL-SSB. Cluster information to be broadcast to cluster member nodes.
  • the cluster information may include, for example, information on the number of cluster member nodes and feedback resources, and the information on the number of cluster member nodes may be used to indicate whether the number of cluster member nodes in the corresponding cluster is less than a first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the corresponding cluster is formed The upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes.
  • the feedback resource can be used for the candidate cluster member node to feed back the cluster entry result information to the cluster head node. If the candidate cluster member node receives the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster indicating that the number of existing cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value, it means that the cluster is not full, and the candidate cluster member node can enter the cluster.
  • the clustering result information can be fed back to the cluster head node based on the feedback resource, so as to inform the cluster head node that the clustering is successful.
  • the candidate cluster member node can also send the cluster joining result information to the cluster head node based on the feedback resource to inform the cluster head node that the cluster joining failed. That is to say, the cluster head node can achieve synchronization with the corresponding cluster member node + clustering indication through the SL-SSB function.
  • the terminal device in the disconnected state can form a cluster with other terminal devices by itself according to the instruction of the first information.
  • the cluster head node initiates the random access process and establishes an RRC connection with the network device, it can report the information of the cluster member nodes to the network device, so that the network device can establish an RRC connection with the cluster member nodes, thereby realizing the cluster as the The unit performs random access to reduce the probability of random access collision.
  • the network device may carry the first information in the system information broadcast to the terminal devices of the first cell managed by the network device to indicate that the terminal devices that can receive the first information and meet the corresponding conditions, as cluster member nodes or cluster head nodes.
  • the identity is added to the corresponding cluster.
  • some terminal devices such as terminal devices that may be candidate cluster member nodes
  • some terminal devices such as terminal devices that may be candidate cluster head nodes
  • the first information may include the content shown in Table 2 below:
  • the indication information about the cluster head area is optional.
  • the first information may include indication information of the cluster head area. If the terminal device determines that its candidate identity in the cluster to be joined is a candidate cluster head node according to the indication information of the cluster head area, the terminal device can initiate a random access procedure to establish an RRC connection with the network device, thereby entering the RRC connection state. At this time, the network device may individually instruct the terminal device, or may not instruct the terminal device as the cluster head node, or may instruct the terminal device as the cluster head node to send the designated SL-SSB, and the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB are is the time-frequency code resource of the SL-SSB indicated in the first information. Other terminal devices whose candidate identities are candidate cluster member nodes can search for the cluster head node of the cluster to be joined according to the instructions of the first information, and form a cluster with the cluster head node and/or other member nodes in the cluster.
  • the information of the cluster member nodes can also be reported to the network device, and the network device can report the information of the cluster member nodes according to the cluster head node.
  • RRC connections are established with cluster member nodes, thereby implementing random access in units of clusters and reducing the probability of random access collisions. Whether the candidate cluster head node and the candidate cluster member node can join the cluster as the corresponding node identities will be described below with reference to the corresponding flowchart, and will not be repeated here.
  • the network device may carry the first information in the system information broadcast to the terminal device of the first cell managed by the network device, where the first information includes SSBs of multiple cells (for example, the current cell and neighboring cells) and its The corresponding RSRP value interval is used to indicate that a terminal device that can receive the first information and meets the corresponding condition joins the corresponding cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node.
  • the first information may include the content shown in Table 3 below:
  • the relevant indication information about the adjacent cells of this cell can be added, such as the cell identifier of the adjacent cell, the adjacent cell The index value of the SSB and its corresponding RSRP value range.
  • the cell identifier of the cell to which the cluster head node of the corresponding cluster belongs may also be added. Based on the first information shown in Table 3, the scope of the area where the cluster head node and the corresponding cluster member nodes are located is narrowed, so that the network side can control the clustering of terminal devices in the disconnected state more finely. At the same time, it can also indicate that the terminal equipment residing in the current cell is clustered with the terminal equipment of the neighboring cell.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area includes the index value of the SSB of the current cell and the neighboring cell and the corresponding RSRP value interval.
  • the indication information corresponding to "this cell” in the cluster head area in Table 3 is the indication information of the cluster head area in Table 1
  • the indication information corresponding to "this cell” in the cluster member area in Table 3 is the indication information in Table 3.
  • the terminal equipment receiving the first information can indicate the candidate identity of the terminal equipment according to an SSB of the own cell and/or a neighboring cell included in the first information and its corresponding RSRP value interval, or can also use the information in the first information to indicate the candidate identity of the terminal equipment.
  • the included RSRP value intervals corresponding to two or more SSBs of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell jointly indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device.
  • the SSB index of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell indicated by the cluster head area and the SSB index of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell indicated by the cluster member area may be the same, may be different, or not exactly the same.
  • the first value interval and the second value interval corresponding to the same SSB index of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell are different or not completely the same.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area corresponding to the corresponding cluster in Table 3 indicates the terminal equipment's status through the RSRP value interval corresponding to one or more SSBs of the current cell and/or the adjacent cell. candidacy.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area may also include an indication of the interval relationship that should be satisfied by the RSRP value intervals corresponding to one or more SSBs of the current cell and/or the adjacent cell, that is, indicating the above-mentioned multiple
  • Each RSRP value interval can be an "and" relationship, that is, all conditions are satisfied at the same time; it can also be an "or” relationship, that is, one of all the conditions is satisfied; it can also be a "partial sum” relationship, that is, it is simultaneously satisfied. Part of the conditions/multiple conditions of all conditions; it can also be a "partial OR" relationship, that is, one of the partial conditions is satisfied, etc.
  • the above interval relationship may be explicitly indicated, such as explicitly indicated in the relevant field in the first information; the relationship may also be implicitly indicated, for example, the default is an "and" relationship, which is implemented in this application. Not limited.
  • the network device may indicate, in the first information, the interval relationship between the RSRP value intervals corresponding to the SSBs of the current cell and the neighboring cells, or indicate the difference between the current cell and/or the neighboring cells according to the application scenario, service requirements, or other requirements.
  • the interval relationship between the RSRP value intervals corresponding to the SSBs is not limited in this application.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area corresponding to cluster 1 includes the second value interval [P1-1, P1-2] of the RSRP corresponding to SSB-1 and SSB-1 of this cell, The cell ID (cell ID-1) of the neighboring cell and the second value interval [Pn-1', Pn-2'] of the RSRP corresponding to the SSB-n and SSB-n of the neighboring cell. If the relationship that the SSB measurement results of the current cell and the neighboring cell should satisfy is not explicitly indicated, it can be considered that the relationship between the two is "and" by default.
  • the terminal equipment receives the SSB-1 of the cell, the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring SSB-1 belongs to the second value interval [P1-1, P1-2] corresponding to SSB-1, and the terminal equipment receives The SSB-n of the neighboring cell Cell ID-1, when the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-n belongs to the second value interval [Pn-1', Pn-2'] corresponding to the SSB-n, the terminal equipment can Determine its candidate status in cluster 1 as the candidate cluster head node.
  • the indication information of the cluster member area corresponding to cluster 1 in Table 2 includes the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] of the RSRP corresponding to SSB-1 and SSB-1 of this cell, and the cells of neighboring cells.
  • the terminal equipment receives the SSB-1 of the cell, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-1 belongs to the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] corresponding to the SSB-1, and the terminal equipment After receiving the SSB-n of the neighboring cell Cell ID-1, the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-n belongs to the first value interval [Pn-2', Pn-3'] corresponding to the SSB-n, and the terminal equipment After receiving the SSB-m of the neighboring cell Cell ID-2, the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-m belongs to the first value interval [Pm-2", Pm-3"] corresponding to the SSB-m, then the terminal equipment side It can be determined that its candidate status in cluster 1 is a candidate cluster head node.
  • the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area only indicates the candidate identity of the terminal equipment through the SSB of the cell and its corresponding RSRP value interval.
  • the terminal device determines its own candidate identity according to the indication information reference may be made to the relevant description in conjunction with Table 1 above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device can determine its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster by matching the measurement result of the SSB of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell with the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area in the first information.
  • the matching method is the same as or similar to that described above in conjunction with Table 1. For details, please refer to the relevant description above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first information may further include the cell identifier of the cell to which the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster belongs, the second value, and the sidelink synchronization signal block sent by the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster Time-frequency code resources of SL-SSB.
  • the second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes forming the corresponding cluster
  • the time-frequency code resource of the SL-SSB is used to indicate the time-frequency position of the SL-SSB broadcast by the cluster head node that joins the corresponding cluster and the used sequence.
  • the terminal device determines that its candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node according to the indication information of the cluster head area, it can further determine whether it can join the cluster as a cluster head node according to the cell identifier corresponding to the cluster head node indicated in the first information.
  • the candidate identity of the terminal device is the cluster head node, it can also determine whether it can join the cluster as the cluster head node according to whether the number of the cluster head nodes in the corresponding cluster reaches the first value.
  • the terminal device joins the cluster as the cluster head node, it broadcasts the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB, so that the candidate cluster member nodes that receive the SL-SSB broadcast by the cluster head node according to the SL-SSB and the Cluster head nodes synchronize and/or form clusters.
  • the candidate identity of the terminal device is a candidate cluster member node
  • the corresponding time-frequency resources can be searched for the information sent by the cluster head node.
  • SL-SSB so as to find the cluster head node of the cluster to be added by itself, and form a cluster with the cluster head node and/or other existing member nodes in the cluster.
  • the terminal equipment residing in the cell can form a cluster with the cluster head node of the cell, or form a cluster with the cluster head node of the adjacent cell, and the terminal equipment residing in the cell can form a cluster.
  • the device can also be used as a cluster head node to form a cluster with the cluster member nodes of the neighboring cells.
  • the clustering method is more flexible, and the network device can control the clustering of the terminal device more finely. Whether the candidate cluster head node and the candidate cluster member node can join the cluster as the corresponding node identities will be described below with reference to the corresponding flowchart, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can be in a disconnected state, and the network device can carry the first information in the system information broadcast to the terminal device to indicate the terminal device that can receive the first information, and is composed of the cluster member node and the designated cluster head node. cluster.
  • the first information may include the content shown in Table 4 below:
  • the first information does not include the indication information of the cluster head area, and the terminal equipment in the connected state is instructed by the network device to send the designated SL-SSB as the cluster head node.
  • the first information includes indication information of the cluster member area corresponding to each cluster, and indication information of the designated cluster head node. If the candidate identity of the terminal device is a candidate cluster member node, it can search for the designated cluster head node by itself according to the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB indicated in the first information, and communicate with the designated cluster head node and/or other nodes in the cluster. Member nodes form clusters. For details, refer to the above related description, which is not repeated here. The clustering of the terminal of the candidate cluster member will be described below with reference to the corresponding flowchart, and will not be repeated here.
  • the cluster head node can be the one that joins the cluster after satisfying the corresponding clustering conditions after determining its own candidate identity as the candidate cluster head node in response to the first information in Table 1 or Table 2 in the non-connected state.
  • the cluster head indication information sent by the network device may be received into the cluster in the connected state, which is not limited in this application.
  • the indication information of the designated cluster head node may indicate the cluster head node of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell and the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node, which is not limited in this application.
  • the candidate identity can be determined according to the indication of the first information broadcast by the network device, and it can be used with other
  • the terminal devices form clusters by themselves, which simplifies the clustering process and reduces the signaling and energy consumption overhead of the terminal clustering process.
  • the first information may be generated by the network device according to the historical clustering information, the communication effect with the network side after each terminal device forms a cluster based on the first information is more ideal.
  • the terminal device in order to achieve more refined control of terminal clustering by network devices, after the terminal device determines that its candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node or candidate cluster member node, it can also determine whether it satisfies the candidate cluster by determining whether it satisfies the candidate cluster.
  • the first clustering condition corresponding to the member node or the second clustering condition corresponding to the candidate cluster head node is used to determine whether it can join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node.
  • the first clustering condition and the second clustering condition may respectively include conditions on the upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes and cluster head nodes that form a cluster.
  • the first clustering condition includes: The number is less than or equal to the first value, the first value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster;
  • the second clustering condition includes: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to the second value, the The second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster.
  • the candidate cluster member node judges whether the first clustering condition is met, and the candidate cluster head node judges whether the second clustering condition is met.
  • the first information may include time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster.
  • the terminal device meeting the first clustering condition may include: the terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than The first value, wherein the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or, the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the time-frequency-based In the predetermined resource indicated by the SL-SSB of the code resource.
  • the first information may include the second value and time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster.
  • the terminal device satisfying the second clustering condition may include: the number of SL-SSBs based on the time-frequency code resource received by the terminal device is less than the second value.
  • the first information may include the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; and the terminal device satisfies the second clustering condition and may include : The terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and does not meet the second clustering condition, the terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster head node or a cluster member node according to the first information , may also include: when the terminal device satisfies the first clustering condition, joins the cluster as the cluster member node; or the terminal device sends the first cluster head node to the cluster head node.
  • the first request carries the measurement value of the specified parameter, and is used to request to exchange node identities with the cluster head node and join the cluster as the cluster head node.
  • the designated SL-SSB may be sent based on the time-frequency code resource indicated in the first information.
  • the terminal device may send the cluster entry result information to the cluster head node based on the feedback resources carried in the designated SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node.
  • terminal device 1 refers to the terminal device whose candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node.
  • the clustering process of the terminal device 1 may include:
  • the terminal device 1 searches for an SSB, and measures the RSRP of the searched one or more SSBs.
  • the one or more SSBs may belong to the same cell, or may belong to different cells.
  • the terminal device 1 receives the first information sent by the network device.
  • the first information may include the content shown in any one of Table 1 to Table 4 above.
  • the first information includes: a first condition, which is used to indicate the first area where the candidate cluster member node is located, and specifically includes indicating that the candidate cluster member node corresponds to: the first cell (this cell) and/ Or the index value of the SSB of the second cell (neighboring cell of the first cell) and the first sub-interval corresponding to each SSB, the first interval relationship that should be satisfied between different first sub-intervals, and the cell identifier of the second cell;
  • the second condition is used to indicate the second area where the candidate cluster head node is located, specifically including the SSB corresponding to the candidate cluster head node: the first cell (this cell) and/or the second cell (the adjacent cell of the first cell)
  • S401 and S402 only schematically indicate that the terminal device clustering method may include this step, and do not limit the execution sequence of S401 and S402.
  • S402 may be performed first and then S401 may be performed, or S401 and S402 may be performed simultaneously.
  • the terminal device 1 may also start the process of searching for the SSB and measuring the RSRP of the searched SSB in response to receiving the first information, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device 1 determines, according to the first information and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring one or more SSBs, that its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster is a candidate cluster member node.
  • S403 may specifically be: the terminal device 1 determines that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node according to the RSRP measurement value belonging to the first value interval. Wherein, if the first value interval includes at least two first sub-intervals, the terminal device 1 may also belong to the corresponding first sub-interval according to the measurement value obtained by measuring at least two SSBs, and the first condition is dominant or recessive. The first interval relationship corresponding to the at least two first sub-intervals indicated by the ground is determined, and the candidate identity is determined as a candidate cluster member node. For details, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in conjunction with Table 1 to Table 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • terminal device 1 searches for SSB-1 and measures the RSRP measurement value of SSB-1 as P1-y, and P1-2 ⁇ P1-y ⁇ P1-3, then terminal device 1 Determine its candidate status in cluster 1 as a candidate cluster member node.
  • the terminal device 1 searches for the specified SL-SSB at the specified time-frequency position according to the time-frequency code resource indicated by the first information.
  • the indication of the row where cluster 1 is located is: the terminal equipment whose RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring SSB-1 is in the range of [P1-2, P1-3] is regarded as a candidate cluster member node, and
  • the broadcast information sent by the cluster head node in the cluster is SL-SSB-1, and indicates the time-frequency resource of SL-SSB-1. Therefore, after the terminal device 1 determines that its candidate identity in cluster 1 is a candidate cluster member node, it searches for SL-SSB-1 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-1 specified for cluster 1 in Table 1.
  • the SL-SSB-1 may include cluster information to be broadcast by the cluster head node to the cluster member nodes, such as information on the number of cluster member nodes, the information on the number of the cluster member nodes It can be used to indicate whether the number of cluster member nodes in the corresponding cluster is less than the first value, and the first value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster. Specifically, it can be in any of the following forms: the number of current cluster member nodes - the maximum number of acceptable cluster member nodes, whether the candidate cluster member nodes are currently allowed to join the cluster, and the like.
  • the terminal device 1 determines whether the first clustering condition is satisfied according to the received designated SL-SSB. That is, it is determined whether the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster to be added currently reaches the upper limit of the allowable number, that is, the first value.
  • the terminal device 1 can determine whether the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to whether the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained based on the SL-SSB of the time-frequency code resource indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value. It is determined whether the first clustering condition is satisfied.
  • the information on the number of cluster member nodes may be included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resources, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes may be included in all the information on the number of cluster member nodes based on the time-frequency code resources. in the predetermined resource indicated by the SL-SSB.
  • the terminal device 1 If the information on the number of cluster member nodes indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value, it means that the terminal device 1 satisfies the first clustering condition and can join the cluster as a cluster member node, and the process goes to S406.
  • the terminal device 1 does not meet the first clustering condition and cannot enter the cluster as a cluster member node. S407.
  • the terminal device 1 sends the cluster joining result information to the cluster head node in the cluster according to the feedback resource carried in the designated SL-SSB, so as to inform the cluster head node that the cluster joining is successful.
  • the terminal device 1 sends the cluster joining result information to the cluster head node in the cluster according to the feedback resource carried in the designated SL-SSB, so as to notify the cluster head node of the failure to join the cluster.
  • the cluster head node After that, if the cluster head node initiates the random access process and enters the connected state, it can report the information of the cluster head node and/or cluster member node that has successfully joined the cluster to the network device, and can also report the terminal that failed to join the cluster to the network device. device information.
  • the network device can update the clustering information according to the information of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member nodes reported by the cluster head node, so as to adjust the coverage or management range of the clustering information based on the historical clustering information or the clustering failure information. Clustering a large number of terminal devices to further optimize the communication effect after the terminal devices are clustered.
  • the terminal device 2 refers to the terminal device whose candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node and is in a disconnected state.
  • the clustering process of the terminal device 2 may include:
  • the terminal device 2 searches for the SSB, and measures the RSRP of the searched one or more SSBs.
  • the one or more SSBs may belong to the same cell, or may belong to different cells.
  • S502 The terminal device 2 receives the first information sent by the network device.
  • the first information may include the content shown in any one of Table 1 to Table 4 above. For details, reference may be made to the above related descriptions in conjunction with Table 1 to Table 4 and FIG. 4 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device 2 determines, according to the first information and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring one or more SSBs, that its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster is a candidate cluster head node.
  • S503 may specifically be: the terminal device 2 determines that the candidate identity is the candidate cluster head node according to the RSRP measurement value belonging to the second value interval. Wherein, if the second value interval includes at least two second sub-intervals, the terminal device 2 may also belong to the corresponding second sub-interval according to the measurement value obtained by measuring at least two SSBs, and the second condition is dominant or recessive. The second interval relationship corresponding to the at least two second sub-intervals indicated by the ground is determined, and the candidate identity is determined as a candidate cluster member node. For details, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in conjunction with Table 1 to Table 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • terminal device 2 searches for SSB-1 and measures the RSRP measurement value of SSB-1 as P1-x, and P1-1 ⁇ P1-x ⁇ P1-2, then terminal device 2 Determine its candidate identity in cluster 1 as a candidate cluster head node.
  • the terminal device 2 searches for the specified SL-SSB at the specified time-frequency position according to the time-frequency code resource indicated by the first information.
  • the indication of the row where cluster 1 is located is: the terminal equipment whose RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring SSB-1 is in the range of [P1-1, P1-2] is regarded as a candidate cluster member node, and
  • the broadcast information sent by the cluster head node in the cluster is SL-SSB-1, and indicates the time-frequency resource of SL-SSB-1. Therefore, after the terminal device 2 determines that its candidate identity in cluster 1 is a candidate cluster head node, it searches for SL-SSB-1 according to the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-1 specified for cluster 1 in Table 1.
  • the terminal device 2 determines whether the second clustering condition is satisfied according to the received number of designated SL-SSBs. That is, it is judged whether the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster to be added currently reaches the upper limit of the allowable number, that is, the second value.
  • the terminal device 2 does not meet the second clustering condition, it cannot join the cluster as the cluster head node, and the process goes to S506a or S506b.
  • the terminal device 2 If the terminal device 2 satisfies the second clustering condition, it can join the cluster as the cluster head node, and the process goes to S507.
  • the terminal device 2 can be used as a candidate cluster member node, and joins the cluster as a cluster member when it is determined that the first clustering condition is satisfied.
  • the terminal device 2 can be used as a candidate cluster member node, and joins the cluster as a cluster member when it is determined that the first clustering condition is satisfied.
  • the terminal device 2 still wishes to act as the cluster head node, and can send a first request to the cluster head node in the cluster, where the first request carries the RSRP measurement values of one or more SSBs measured by the terminal device 2, and is used to request Exchange node identities with the cluster head node, and join the cluster as the cluster head node.
  • the situation where the terminal device 2 still wishes to act as a cluster head node may include, for example: the terminal device 2 has strong capabilities (eg, strong chip processing capability, more antennas, wider maximum operating bandwidth, etc.), or its own power is sufficient.
  • the existing cluster head node in the cluster can compare itself with the RSRP measurement value or other parameters of one or more SSBs sent by the terminal device 2.
  • the cluster head node thinks that the parameters of the terminal device 2 are more conducive to cluster communication, the cluster The head node can send the information of the cluster member nodes that have joined the cluster to the terminal device 2, and the terminal device 2 sends the specified SL-SSB as the new cluster head node, and the original cluster head node becomes the new cluster member node. Therefore, the identity exchange is realized.
  • the terminal device 2 sends the designated SL-SSB according to the indication of the first information.
  • cluster 1 in the above Table 1 Taking cluster 1 in the above Table 1 as an example, in S505, if the terminal device 2 does not search for SL-SSB-1 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-1, it means that there is no cluster head node in the current cluster 1, and the terminal Device 2 may join cluster 1 as a cluster head node, and send SL-SSB-1 outward in S507.
  • the terminal device 2 searches for SL-SSB-1 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-1, it means that the number of cluster head nodes in the current cluster 1 is 1, which has reached the number of cluster 1 indicated in the first information. The upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes.
  • the terminal device 2 cannot join the cluster 1 as the cluster head node, and returns to S506a or S506b.
  • terminal device 2 searches for SL-SSB-2 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-2, but does not search for SL-SSB-2 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-3.
  • SSB-3 it means that the current number of cluster head nodes in cluster 2 is 1, which has not reached the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes of cluster 2 indicated in the first information.
  • terminal device 2 can join as a cluster head node.
  • Cluster 2 and send SL-SSB-3 out in S507.
  • the terminal device 2 can send the designated SL-SSB instead of the original cluster head node.
  • the terminal device 2 can send the designated SL-SSB-1 instead of the original cluster head node.
  • the terminal device 2 receives the clustering result information sent by the candidate cluster member node based on the feedback resources carried in the designated SL-SSB.
  • the clustering result information may include information that the clustering is successful, and may also include information that the clustering fails.
  • the cluster head node After the terminal device is clustered, if the cluster head node initiates the random access process and enters the connected state, it can report the information of the cluster head node and/or cluster member node that has been successfully clustered to the network device, and can also report the information to the network device. Information about end devices that failed to cluster.
  • the network device can update the clustering information according to the information of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member nodes reported by the cluster head node, so as to adjust the coverage or management range of the clustering information based on the historical clustering information or the clustering failure information. Clustering a large number of terminal devices to further optimize the communication effect after the terminal devices are clustered.
  • the terminal device 3 refers to the terminal device whose candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node and enters a connected state.
  • the clustering process of the terminal device 3 may include:
  • the terminal device 3 searches for the SSB, and measures the RSRP of the searched one or more SSBs.
  • the one or more SSBs may belong to the same cell, or may belong to different cells.
  • the terminal device 3 receives the first information sent by the network device.
  • the first information may include the content shown in any one of Table 1 to Table 4 above. For details, reference may be made to the above related descriptions in conjunction with Table 1-Table 4 and FIGS. 4-5 , which will not be repeated here.
  • S603 The terminal device 3 determines, according to the first information and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring one or more SSBs, that its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster is a candidate cluster head node. For details, refer to S503 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device 3 initiates a random access procedure to establish an RRC connection with the network device, and enters a connected state.
  • the terminal device 3 determines whether the second clustering condition is satisfied according to whether it receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device. Wherein, the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the designated SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
  • the terminal device 3 may not join the cluster. Alternatively, it is also possible to wait for the cluster member indication information sent by the network device, and join the cluster as a cluster member node according to the instruction of the network device. Alternatively, it can be used as a candidate cluster member node and join the cluster as a cluster member node when the first clustering condition is satisfied. Alternatively, it can also request to exchange identities with an existing cluster head node, and join the cluster as the cluster head node after exchanging identities with the original cluster head node. See S506a and S506b above for details, and details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device 3 If the terminal device 3 receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, it goes to S607.
  • S607 The terminal device 3, as the cluster head node, sends the designated SL-SSB.
  • the terminal device 3 receives the clustering result information sent by the cluster member node and/or the candidate cluster member node based on the feedback resources carried in the specified SL-SSB.
  • the clustering result information may include information that the clustering is successful, and may also include information that the clustering fails.
  • the terminal device 3 reports the information of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member node that has successfully joined the cluster to the network device, so that the network device can establish an RRC connection with the cluster member node.
  • the information reported by the terminal device 3 may also include the information of the terminal device that fails to join the cluster.
  • the network device can update the clustering information according to the information of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member nodes reported by the cluster head node, so as to adjust the coverage or management range of the clustering information based on the historical clustering information or the clustering failure information. Clustering a large number of terminal devices to further optimize the communication effect after the terminal devices are clustered.
  • the network device can send the first information (including any information indicating clustering of terminal devices) to the terminal devices within its coverage or management range.
  • the terminal device can form a cluster with other terminal devices by receiving the first information broadcast by the network device, and according to the indication of the first information, so as to realize the terminal clustering.
  • the clustering process of the scheme is simple, the signaling and energy consumption overhead in the clustering process of terminal equipment can be reduced, and the communication effect after clustering is better.
  • the network device and the terminal device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the present invention can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in conjunction with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of the present invention.
  • the apparatus 700 may exist in the form of software or hardware.
  • the apparatus 700 may include a transceiving unit 710 and a processing unit 720 .
  • the transceiver unit 710 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 700 and other network entities, and the processing unit 720 is used to control the actions of the apparatus 700 .
  • the apparatus 700 may further include a storage unit 730 for storing program codes and data of the apparatus 700 .
  • the processing unit may be a processor or a controller, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits) , ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the communication unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the communication unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices, or an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
  • the apparatus 700 may be the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments, and may also be a chip used for the terminal device.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the communication unit may be, for example, a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit
  • the storage unit may be, for example, a memory.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, and the like.
  • the processing unit can execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be located outside the chip in the terminal device.
  • a storage unit such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), etc.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive first information sent by a network device, where the first information includes: a first condition that a candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or a candidate cluster head node should The second condition is satisfied; the processing unit 720 is configured to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information.
  • the first condition includes a first value interval of a specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: determine the candidate according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval The identity is a candidate cluster member node; when it is determined that the first clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster member node is added to the cluster as the identity of the cluster member node.
  • the first clustering condition includes: the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a first value, and the first value is used to indicate the cluster member nodes of the cluster the upper limit of the number of .
  • the first information includes the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the first component Cluster conditions, including: the terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained by the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, wherein the The information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB indication based on the time-frequency code resource in the scheduled resources.
  • the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: determine the candidate according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval The identity is the candidate cluster head node; when it is determined that the second clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster head node is used as the identity of the cluster head node to join the cluster.
  • the second clustering condition includes: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a second value, where the second value is used to indicate the cluster head nodes of the cluster the upper limit of the number of .
  • the first information includes the second value and the time-frequency code resource of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster;
  • the terminal device Satisfying the second clustering condition includes: the number of SL-SSBs based on the time-frequency code resource received by the terminal device is less than the second value.
  • the first information includes the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the second component
  • the cluster condition includes: the terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the measurement value of the specified parameter to the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the terminal device The measured value of the specified parameter is sent.
  • the processing unit when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and the second clustering condition is not met, the processing unit is further configured to: when the first clustering condition is met,: Join the cluster as a member node of the cluster; or, send a first request to the cluster head node in the cluster, where the first request carries the measured value of the specified parameter, which is used for requesting to communicate with the The cluster head node joins the cluster as the cluster head node after exchanging node identities.
  • the transceiver unit when the processing unit is determined to be a cluster head node, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource; or, the processing unit is determined to be a cluster member
  • the cluster head node is a node, based on the feedback resources carried in the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node, the cluster entry result information is sent to the cluster head node.
  • the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP;
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the terminal equipment measuring the reference signal of the camping cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camping cell
  • the obtained RSRP measurement value, the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter;
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or, the The value of the distance between the terminal device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block with the maximum RSRP of the reference signal received by the terminal device The index value of the SSB.
  • the apparatus 800 may exist in the form of software or hardware.
  • the apparatus 800 may include a processing unit 810 and a transceiving unit 820 .
  • the processing unit 810 is used to control the action of the apparatus 800, and the transceiver unit 820 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 800 and other network entities.
  • the apparatus 800 may further include a storage unit 830 for storing program codes and data of the apparatus 800 .
  • the processing unit may be a processor or a controller, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits) , ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the communication unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the communication unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices, or an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
  • the apparatus 800 may be the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments, and may also be a chip used for the network device.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the transceiving unit may be, for example, a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit
  • the storage unit may be, for example, a memory.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the transceiver unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, and the like.
  • the processing unit can execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be located outside the chip in the network device.
  • a storage unit such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), etc.
  • the processing unit 810 is configured to generate first information, where the first information includes: a first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or a second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy condition; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node.
  • the processing unit is configured to: generate the first information according to historical clustering information, wherein the historical clustering information includes cluster head nodes and/or cluster members that form clusters in the past Node information.
  • the first information further includes any one or a combination of the following: the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; A binary value, used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster; the cell identifier of the first cell and/or the second cell to which the cluster head node in the cluster belongs, wherein the first cell is the A cell managed by a network device, where the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell.
  • the first condition includes a first value interval of a specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine its own candidate identity according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval is a candidate cluster head node; and/or the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine itself according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval
  • the candidate identity of is a candidate cluster member node.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send cluster head indication information to the terminal device, where the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device as a cluster head node to send the SL- SSB.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive a measurement value of a specified parameter sent by the terminal device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the specified parameter. measured values are sent.
  • the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP;
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the terminal equipment measuring the reference signal of the camping cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camping cell
  • the obtained RSRP measurement value, the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter;
  • the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or, the The value of the distance between the terminal device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block with the maximum RSRP of the reference signal received by the terminal device The index value of the SSB.
  • the apparatus may be a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment, or an information sending apparatus or an information receiving apparatus in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the apparatus 900 includes: a processor 902 , a communication interface 903 , and a memory 901 .
  • the apparatus 900 may further include a communication line 904 .
  • the communication interface 903, the processor 902 and the memory 901 can be connected to each other through a communication line 904;
  • the communication line 904 can be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI for short) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (extended industry standard architecture). , referred to as EISA) bus and so on.
  • the communication line 904 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 902 may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the programs of the present application.
  • Communication interface 903 using any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), Wired access network, etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • Wired access network etc.
  • the memory 901 can be a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory).
  • read-only memory EEPROM
  • compact disc read-only memory CD-ROM
  • optical disc storage including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.
  • magnetic disk A storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, without limitation.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through communication line 804 .
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 901 is used for storing computer-executed instructions for executing the solutions of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 902 .
  • the processor 902 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 901, thereby implementing the information sending method and/or the information receiving method provided by the above embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one item (single, species) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • “Plurality” means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar.
  • occurrences of the singular forms "a”, “an” and “the” do not mean “one or only one” unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, but rather “one or more” in one".
  • "a device” means to one or more such devices.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), and the like.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
  • a software unit may be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A method and apparatus for clustering of a terminal device, which relate to the technical field of communications. The method comprises: a terminal device receiving first information sent by a network device, the first information comprising a first condition that candidate cluster member nodes should satisfy, and/or a second condition that candidate cluster head nodes should satisfy; and according to the first information, the terminal device joining a cluster with the identity of a cluster member node or a cluster head node. According to the solution, a clustering flow is simple, such that the signaling and energy consumption overheads in a clustering process of a terminal can be reduced, and a communication effect after clustering is better.

Description

一种终端设备成簇的方法和装置Method and device for clustering terminal equipment 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种终端设备成簇的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for clustering terminal devices.
背景技术Background technique
随着物联网和海量机器类通信(massive Machine Type of Communication,mMTC)技术的发展,在家庭、工业、公共场所等各种通信场景中,终端设备逐渐呈现大数量、密集化、多形态等特征。例如,在工业自动化场景中,厂房中存在大量的监控设备(例如,摄像机camera)、机器(machine)、传感器(sensor)等,同时也可能存在大量手机、平板、穿戴式设备等。由于运营商铺设的基站数量有限,存在一个基站覆盖海量终端的情形。With the development of the Internet of Things and massive Machine Type of Communication (mMTC) technologies, in various communication scenarios such as households, industries, and public places, terminal devices gradually exhibit the characteristics of large numbers, densification, and multiple forms. For example, in an industrial automation scenario, there are a large number of monitoring equipment (eg, cameras), machines, sensors, etc. in the factory building, and there may also be a large number of mobile phones, tablets, wearable devices, etc. Due to the limited number of base stations deployed by operators, there is a situation in which one base station covers a large number of terminals.
3GPP协议规定,蜂窝网络覆盖下,处于RRC空闲态(RRC_IDLE)和RRC非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)的终端设备与基站建立RRC连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)或者向基站发送数据前,需要进行随机接入(random access)过程。由于协议中规定的用于随机接入过程的随机接入前导码(preamble)的数量有限,在一个基站覆盖海量终端的情形下,两个或两个以上的终端设备由于在相同的物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)时机中选择相同的preamble而产生随机接入碰撞的概率较高。在产生随机接入碰撞后,终端设备需要等待冲突解决消息后,才能确定是否接入成功,接入失败的终端设备将再次尝试随机接入过程,时间和能耗开销较大,将严重影响终端设备与基站之间的数据传输。The 3GPP protocol stipulates that under the coverage of the cellular network, the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state (RRC_IDLE) and the RRC inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) establishes the RRC connection state (RRC_CONNECTED) with the base station or sends data to the base station. Random access (random access) is required. access) process. Due to the limited number of random access preambles (preambles) specified in the protocol for random access procedures, when a base station covers a large number of terminals, two or more terminal devices may The probability of random access collision is higher by selecting the same preamble in the physical random access channel (PRACH) opportunity. After a random access collision occurs, the terminal device needs to wait for the conflict resolution message to determine whether the access is successful. The terminal device that fails to access will try the random access process again, which will cost a lot of time and energy consumption, which will seriously affect the terminal. Data transmission between the device and the base station.
目前,一种可行的解决方案是,通过N个终端组成一个簇,以簇为单位进行随机接入,以降低随机接入碰撞的概率。然而,当终端设备处于非连接态时,终端设备无法与网络设备收发单播消息,因此,网络设备无法单独指示终端设备为簇头节点或者簇成员节点。因此,如何实现终端设备成簇,仍为亟需解决的重要问题。At present, a feasible solution is to form a cluster by N terminals, and perform random access in units of clusters, so as to reduce the probability of random access collision. However, when the terminal device is in a disconnected state, the terminal device cannot send and receive unicast messages with the network device. Therefore, the network device cannot individually instruct the terminal device to be a cluster head node or a cluster member node. Therefore, how to realize clustering of terminal devices is still an important problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种终端设备成簇的方法和装置,有助于实现多个终端设备成簇。The present application provides a method and apparatus for clustering terminal devices, which is helpful for realizing clustering of multiple terminal devices.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备成簇的方法,该方法可以适用于图1所示的通信系统中的终端设备,该方法包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for clustering terminal devices. The method can be applied to the terminal devices in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 . The method includes: the terminal device receives first information sent by a network device. , the first information includes: the first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy; the terminal device, according to the first information, uses the cluster member node or The identity of the cluster head node joins the cluster.
第一信息也可以称为分簇信息、成簇指示信息等。示例性的,网络设备可以以广播的方式发送该第一信息。网络设备可以直接广播该第一信息,也可以在广播的系统信息中携带该第一信息。The first information may also be referred to as clustering information, clustering indication information, or the like. Exemplarily, the network device may send the first information in a broadcast manner. The network device may directly broadcast the first information, or may carry the first information in the broadcasted system information.
通过上述设计,接收到该第一信息的终端设备,可以根据第一信息的指示,判断自身是否满足相应的第一条件和/或第二条件,进而判断是否能够以簇成员节点或者簇头节点的身份加入簇,从而实现终端设备成簇。该方案成簇流程简单,能够减少终端设备成簇过程中的信令和能耗开销,并且成簇后通信效果更优。Through the above design, the terminal device that receives the first information can judge whether it satisfies the corresponding first condition and/or the second condition according to the indication of the first information, and then judge whether it can be a cluster member node or a cluster head node. The identity of the device is added to the cluster, so as to realize the clustering of terminal devices. The clustering process of the scheme is simple, the signaling and energy consumption overhead in the clustering process of terminal equipment can be reduced, and the communication effect after clustering is better.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间;所述终端设备根 据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇,包括:所述终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点;当所述终端设备确定满足第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible design, the first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter; the terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information, including: The terminal device determines that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval; when the terminal device determines that the first clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster member node's Identity joins the cluster.
通过上述设计,在第一信息中可以以指定参数的第一取值区间指示终端设备的候选身份,终端设备接收到该第一信息后,即可通过对自身的候选身份的判断,确定是否能够以簇成员节点的身份与其它终端设备组成簇。Through the above design, in the first information, the candidate identity of the terminal device can be indicated by the first value interval of the specified parameter. After the terminal device receives the first information, it can determine whether the candidate identity can be determined by judging its own candidate identity. As a cluster member node, it forms a cluster with other terminal devices.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一成簇条件包括:所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于或等于第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述簇的簇成员节点的数量上限。In a possible design, the first clustering condition includes: the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a first value, and the first value is used to indicate the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster. Quantity limit.
通过上述设计,可以根据簇内允许的成员节点的数量确定候选簇成员节点是否能够加入簇中。应理解的是,在此仅是对成簇条件的一种示例而非任何限定,在其它实施例中,也可以通过其它方式确定是否允许候选簇成员节点入簇,例如,根据终端设备的能力、业务需求或网络结构需求等,在此不再赘述。Through the above design, it can be determined whether a candidate cluster member node can join the cluster according to the number of allowed member nodes in the cluster. It should be understood that, this is only an example of the clustering conditions, but not any limitation. In other embodiments, it is also possible to determine whether a candidate cluster member node is allowed to join the cluster in other ways, for example, according to the capability of the terminal device. , business requirements or network structure requirements, etc., which are not repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第一成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备根据基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB获取到的簇成员节点数量信息指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,其中,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB中,和/或,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB指示的预定资源中。In a possible design, the first information includes time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the first clustering The condition includes: the terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained based on the SL-SSB of the time-frequency code resource, wherein the The information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB indicated by the time-frequency code resource. scheduled resources.
通过上述设计,示例性地给出判断终端设备是否满足第一成簇条件的一种方式。即,通过簇头节点向簇成员节点广播的指定SL-SSB中携带的簇成员节点数量信息判断,或者,通过簇头节点向簇成员节点广播的指定SL-SSB指示的预定资源中包括的簇成员节点数量信息判断。Through the above design, an example is given to provide a way of judging whether the terminal device satisfies the first clustering condition. That is, it is judged by the number of cluster member nodes carried in the designated SL-SSB broadcast by the cluster head node to the cluster member nodes, or by the cluster head node broadcasted to the cluster member nodes. Judgment of the number of member nodes.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一取值区间包括至少两个第一子区间,所述第一条件还包括所述至少两个第一子区间对应的第一区间关系。在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP,所述第一条件还包括所述至少两个第一子区间分别对应的至少两个参考信号标识。在一种可能的设计中,所述至少两个第一子区间中包括对应于第一小区的至少一个第一子区间和/或对应于第二小区的至少一个第一子区间,其中,所述第一小区为所述网络设备管理的小区,所述第二小区为所述第一小区的邻小区,所述第一条件还包括所述第二小区的小区标识。也就是说,在第一信息中可以包括任何用于指示终端设备的候选簇成员节点的身份的相关信息。In a possible design, the first value interval includes at least two first sub-intervals, and the first condition further includes a first interval relationship corresponding to the at least two first sub-intervals. In a possible design, the specified parameter is reference signal received power RSRP, and the first condition further includes at least two reference signal identifiers corresponding to the at least two first subintervals respectively. In a possible design, the at least two first subsections include at least one first subsection corresponding to the first cell and/or at least one first subsection corresponding to the second cell, wherein the The first cell is a cell managed by the network device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell, and the first condition further includes a cell identifier of the second cell. That is, the first information may include any relevant information for indicating the identity of the candidate cluster member node of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二条件包括指定参数的第二取值区间;所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇,包括:所述终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇头节点;当所述终端设备确定满足第二成簇条件时,以所述簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible design, the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter; the terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information, including: The terminal device determines that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval; when the terminal device determines that the second clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster head node's Identity joins the cluster.
通过上述设计,在第一信息中可以以指定参数的第二取值区间指示终端设备的候选身份,终端设备接收到该第一信息后,即可通过对自身的候选身份的判断,确定是否能够以簇头节点的身份与其它终端设备组成簇。Through the above design, the second value interval of the specified parameter can be used to indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device in the first information. After the terminal device receives the first information, it can determine whether the candidate identity can be determined by judging its own candidate identity. As the cluster head node, it forms a cluster with other terminal devices.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二成簇条件包括:所述簇中的簇头节点的数量小于或等于第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限。In a possible design, the second clustering condition includes: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a second value, and the second value is used to indicate the number of cluster head nodes of the cluster. Quantity limit.
通过上述设计,可以根据簇内允许的簇头节点的数量确定候选簇头节点是否能够加入 簇中。应理解的是,在此仅是对成簇条件的一种示例而非任何限定,在其它实施例中,也可以通过其它方式确定是否允许候选簇头节点入簇,例如,根据终端设备的能力、业务需求或网络结构需求等,在此不再赘述。Through the above design, it can be determined whether the candidate cluster head node can join the cluster according to the number of allowed cluster head nodes in the cluster. It should be understood that this is only an example of the clustering condition, but not any limitation. In other embodiments, it is also possible to determine whether a candidate cluster head node is allowed to join the cluster in other ways, for example, according to the capability of the terminal device. , business requirements or network structure requirements, etc., which are not repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括所述第二值和所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备接收到的基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB的数量小于所述第二值。In a possible design, the first information includes the second value and the time-frequency code resource of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies The second clustering condition includes: the number of SL-SSBs received by the terminal device based on the time-frequency code resource is less than the second value.
通过上述设计,示例性地给出判断终端设备是否满足第二成簇条件的一种方式。即,根据是否接收到指定的SL-SSB判断是否已有相应的簇头节点发送该指定的SL-SSB。Through the above design, an example is given to provide a way of judging whether the terminal device satisfies the second clustering condition. That is, according to whether the designated SL-SSB is received, it is determined whether the corresponding cluster head node has sent the designated SL-SSB.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备接收到所述网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,其中,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。In a possible design, the first information includes the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the second clustering The condition includes: the terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
通过上述设计,候选身份为候选簇头节点的终端设备还可以进入连接态,并由网络设备单独指示该终端设备作为簇头节点。Through the above design, the terminal device whose candidate identity is the candidate cluster head node can also enter the connected state, and the terminal device is individually instructed by the network device as the cluster head node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述指定参数的测量值发送的。In a possible design, the method further includes: the terminal device sending the measurement value of the specified parameter to the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the network device according to the specified parameter measured values are sent.
通过上述设计,候选身份为候选簇头节点的终端设备还可以进入连接态,可以向网络设备上报其对指定参数的测量结果,以供网络设备根据终端设备上报的测量值指示该终端设备作为簇头节点。Through the above design, the terminal device whose candidate identity is the candidate cluster head node can also enter the connected state, and can report the measurement result of the specified parameter to the network device, so that the network device can indicate the terminal device as the cluster according to the measurement value reported by the terminal device. head node.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述终端设备为候选簇头节点且不满足所述第二成簇条件时,所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,以簇头节点或簇成员节点的身份加入簇,还包括:所述终端设备在满足所述第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇;或者所述终端设备向所述簇中的簇头节点发送第一请求,所述第一请求中携带所述指定参数的测量值,用于请求与所述簇头节点交换节点身份,以簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible design, when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and does not meet the second clustering condition, the terminal device uses the cluster head node or cluster member node's name according to the first information. Joining a cluster with an identity, further comprising: when the terminal device satisfies the first clustering condition, joining the cluster as a member node of the cluster; or the terminal device sends a message to the cluster head node in the cluster. A first request, where the first request carries the measurement value of the specified parameter, and is used to request to exchange node identities with the cluster head node, and join the cluster as the cluster head node.
通过上述设计,使得候选身份为候选簇头节点的终端设备在不满足第二成簇条件而无法入簇时,仍然可以通过其它方式实现终端成簇。Through the above design, when the terminal device whose candidate identity is the candidate cluster head node does not meet the second clustering condition and cannot join the cluster, the terminal device can still be clustered in other ways.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备为簇头节点时,基于所述时频码资源发送SL-SSB;或者所述终端设备为簇成员节点时,基于簇头节点发送的SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源,向所述簇头节点发送入簇结果信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: when the terminal device is a cluster head node, sending the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource; or when the terminal device is a cluster member node, sending the SL-SSB based on the cluster head The feedback resource carried in the SL-SSB sent by the node sends the clustering result information to the cluster head node.
通过上述设计,可以在第一信息中指示簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的行为,以便与其它终端设备组成簇。Through the above design, the behavior of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member nodes can be indicated in the first information, so as to form a cluster with other terminal devices.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二取值区间包括至少两个第二子区间,所述第二条件还包括所述至少两个第二子区间对应的第二区间关系。在一种可能的设计中,所述至少两个第二子区间中包括对应于第一小区的至少一个第二子区间和/或对应于第二小区的至少一个第二子区间,其中,所述第一小区为所述网络设备管理的小区,所述第二小区为所述第一小区的邻小区,所述第二条件还包括所述第二小区的小区标识。在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP,所述第二条件还包括所述至少两个第二子区间分别对应的至少两个参考信号标识。也就是说,在第一信息中可以包括任何用于指示终端设备的候选簇头节点的身份的相关信息。In a possible design, the second value interval includes at least two second subintervals, and the second condition further includes a second interval relationship corresponding to the at least two second subintervals. In a possible design, the at least two second subsections include at least one second subsection corresponding to the first cell and/or at least one second subsection corresponding to the second cell, wherein the The first cell is a cell managed by the network device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell, and the second condition further includes a cell identifier of the second cell. In a possible design, the specified parameter is reference signal received power RSRP, and the second condition further includes at least two reference signal identifiers corresponding to the at least two second sub-intervals respectively. That is, the first information may include any relevant information for indicating the identity of the candidate cluster head node of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。由此,网络设备可以在第一信息中基于任何信息指示终端设备的候选身份。In a possible design, the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the reference signal obtained by the terminal device by measuring the reference signal of the camped cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camped cell. The RSRP measurement value of the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS. In a possible design, the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the terminal The value of the distance between the device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block SSB with the maximum RSRP received by the terminal device index value of . Thus, the network device can indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device based on any information in the first information.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备成簇的方法,该方法适用于图1所示的通信系统中的网络设备,所述方法包括:网络设备生成第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;所述网络设备发送所述第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示终端设备以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for clustering terminal devices, the method is applicable to network devices in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , the method includes: the network device generates first information, the first information The information includes: the first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy; the network device sends the first information, and the first information is used to indicate the terminal The device joins the cluster as a cluster member node or cluster head node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备生成第一信息,包括:所述网络设备根据历史成簇信息生成所述第一信息,其中,所述历史成簇信息包括历史上组成簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息。In a possible design, the generation of the first information by the network device includes: the network device generates the first information according to historical clustering information, wherein the historical clustering information includes clusters that have been clustered in history Information about the head node and/or cluster member nodes.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息中还包括以下任一项或组合:所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;第二值,用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限;所述簇中的簇头节点所属的第一小区和/或第二小区的小区标识,其中,所述第一小区为所述网络设备管理的小区,所述第二小区为所述第一小区的邻小区。In a possible design, the first information further includes any one or a combination of the following: the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the second The value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster; the cell identifiers of the first cell and/or the second cell to which the cluster head nodes in the cluster belong, where the first cell is the network The cell managed by the device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇头节点;以及/或者,所述第二条件包括所述指定参数的第二取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇成员节点。In a possible design, the first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine that its candidate identity is based on the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval candidate cluster head node; and/or, the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine its own value according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval The candidate identity is the candidate cluster member node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送簇头指示信息,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。In a possible design, the method further includes: the network device sends cluster head indication information to the terminal device, where the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device as a cluster head node to send the SL -SSB.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述指定参数的测量值发送的。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, a measurement value of a specified parameter sent by the terminal device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the specified parameter measured values are sent.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。In a possible design, the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the reference signal obtained by the terminal device by measuring the reference signal of the camped cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camped cell. The RSRP measurement value of the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。In a possible design, the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the terminal The value of the distance between the device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block SSB with the maximum RSRP received by the terminal device index value of .
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备成簇的装置,所述装置包括:收发单元,用于接收网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;处理单元,用于根据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for clustering terminal devices, the apparatus includes: a transceiver unit configured to receive first information sent by a network device, where the first information includes: a candidate cluster member node should The first condition that is satisfied, and/or the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy; the processing unit, configured to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间;所述处理单元用于:根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点;当确定满足第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible design, the first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: determine the candidate identity according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval is a candidate cluster member node; when it is determined that the first clustering condition is met, join the cluster as the cluster member node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一成簇条件包括:所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于或等于第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述簇的簇成员节点的数量上限。In a possible design, the first clustering condition includes: the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a first value, and the first value is used to indicate the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster. Quantity limit.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第一成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备根据基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB获取到的簇成员节点数量信息指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,其中,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB中,和/或,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB指示的预定资源中。In a possible design, the first information includes time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the first clustering The condition includes: the terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained based on the SL-SSB of the time-frequency code resource, wherein the The information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB indicated by the time-frequency code resource. scheduled resources.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二条件包括指定参数的第二取值区间;所述处理单元用于:根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇头节点;当确定满足第二成簇条件时,以所述簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible design, the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: determine the candidate identity according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval is a candidate cluster head node; when it is determined that the second clustering condition is satisfied, join the cluster as the cluster head node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二成簇条件包括:所述簇中的簇头节点的数量小于或等于第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限。In a possible design, the second clustering condition includes: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a second value, and the second value is used to indicate the number of cluster head nodes of the cluster. Quantity limit.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括所述第二值和所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备接收到的基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB的数量小于所述第二值。In a possible design, the first information includes the second value and the time-frequency code resource of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies The second clustering condition includes: the number of SL-SSBs received by the terminal device based on the time-frequency code resource is less than the second value.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备接收到所述网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,其中,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。In a possible design, the first information includes the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the second clustering The condition includes: the terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元还用于:向所述网络设备发送所述指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述终端设备的指定参数的测量值发送的。In a possible design, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the measurement value of the specified parameter to the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the terminal device. The measured value of the specified parameter is sent.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述终端设备为候选簇头节点且不满足所述第二成簇条件时,所述处理单元还用于:在满足所述第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇;或者,向所述簇中的簇头节点发送第一请求,所述第一请求中携带所述指定参数的测量值,用于请求与所述簇头节点交换节点身份后以簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible design, when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and the second clustering condition is not satisfied, the processing unit is further configured to: when the first clustering condition is satisfied, The identity of the cluster member node is added to the cluster; or, a first request is sent to the cluster head node in the cluster, where the first request carries the measurement value of the specified parameter, which is used for requesting communication with the cluster After exchanging node identities, the head node joins the cluster as the cluster head node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元确定为簇头节点时,所述收发单元还用于基于所述时频码资源发送SL-SSB;或者,所述处理单元确定为簇成员节点时,所述收发单元还用于基于簇头节点发送的SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源,向所述簇头节点发送入簇结果信息。In a possible design, when the processing unit is determined to be a cluster head node, the transceiver unit is further configured to send the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource; or, when the processing unit is determined to be a cluster member node , the transceiver unit is further configured to send cluster entry result information to the cluster head node based on the feedback resources carried in the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。In a possible design, the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the reference signal obtained by the terminal device by measuring the reference signal of the camped cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camped cell. The RSRP measurement value of the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。In a possible design, the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the terminal The value of the distance between the device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block SSB with the maximum RSRP received by the terminal device index value of .
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备成簇的装置,所述装置包括:处理单元,用于生成第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;收发单元,用于发送所述第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示终端设备以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for clustering terminal devices, the apparatus includes: a processing unit configured to generate first information, where the first information includes: the first information that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy condition, and/or, the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy; the transceiver unit, configured to send the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to join as a cluster member node or a cluster head node cluster.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理单元用于:根据历史成簇信息生成所述第一信息,其中,所述历史成簇信息包括历史上组成簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to: generate the first information according to historical clustering information, wherein the historical clustering information includes cluster head nodes and/or cluster member nodes that form clusters in the past Information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息中还包括以下任一项或组合:所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;第二值,用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限;所述簇中的簇头节点所属的第一小区和/或第二小区的小区标识,其中,所述第一小区为所述网络设备管理的小区,所述第二小区为所述第一小区的邻小区。In a possible design, the first information further includes any one or a combination of the following: the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the second The value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster; the cell identifiers of the first cell and/or the second cell to which the cluster head nodes in the cluster belong, where the first cell is the network The cell managed by the device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇头节点;以及/或者,所述第二条件包括所述指定参数的第二取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇成员节点。In a possible design, the first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine that its candidate identity is based on the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval candidate cluster head node; and/or, the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine its own value according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval The candidate identity is the candidate cluster member node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元还用于:向所述终端设备发送簇头指示信息,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。In a possible design, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send cluster head indication information to the terminal device, where the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device as a cluster head node to send the SL-SSB .
在一种可能的设计中,所述收发单元还用于:接收所述终端设备发送的指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述指定参数的测量值发送的。In a possible design, the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive a measurement value of a specified parameter sent by the terminal device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the measurement of the network device in response to the specified parameter value sent.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。In a possible design, the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the reference signal obtained by the terminal device by measuring the reference signal of the camped cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camped cell. The RSRP measurement value of the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。In a possible design, the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the terminal The value of the distance between the device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block SSB with the maximum RSRP received by the terminal device index value of .
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面中任一项所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or The method of any one of the second aspects.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面中任一项所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,所述芯片读取存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第一方面或第二方面中任一项所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, the chip is coupled to a memory, the chip reads a computer program stored in the memory, and executes the method described in any one of the first aspect or the second aspect. .
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例的通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例的终端设备成簇的方法的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for clustering terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3A-图3B为本申请实施例的指示终端设备所在区域的方式的示意图;3A-3B are schematic diagrams of a manner of indicating an area where a terminal device is located according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请一个实施例的终端设备成簇的方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for clustering terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请另一个实施例的终端设备成簇的方法的流程示意图;5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for clustering terminal devices according to another embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请另一个实施例的终端设备成簇的方法的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for clustering terminal devices according to another embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请一个实施例的终端设备成簇的装置的流程示意图;7 is a schematic flowchart of an apparatus for clustering terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请另一个实施例的终端设备成簇的装置的流程示意图;8 is a schematic flowchart of an apparatus for clustering terminal devices according to another embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请另一个实施例的终端设备成簇的装置的流程示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of an apparatus for clustering terminal devices according to another embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
在无线通信系统中,如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统中,终端设备可以和网络设备进行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)建立过程,当和网络设备建立了RRC连接后,该终端设备的RRC状态即为RRC连接态。随后,终端设备的RRC状态可以在以下状态中进行转换:RRC空闲(RRC_IDLE)态、RRC连接(RRC_CONNECTED)态和RRC非激活(RRC_INACTIVE)态。In a wireless communication system, such as a long term evolution (LTE) system or a fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, a terminal device can perform a radio resource control (RRC) establishment process with a network device , when an RRC connection is established with the network device, the RRC state of the terminal device is the RRC connected state. Subsequently, the RRC state of the terminal device may transition among the following states: RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state, RRC connected (RRC_CONNECTED) state and RRC inactive (RRC_INACTIVE) state.
终端设备在RRC_CONNECTED态时,存在终端设备和网络设备之间的RRC连接。此时,网络设备知道该终端设备在该网络设备的覆盖范围内或者在该网络设备的管理范围内,例如网络设备知道该终端设备在该网络设备所管理的小区的覆盖范围内;核心网知道该终端设备在哪个网络设备的覆盖范围内或者管理范围内,核心网知道通过哪个网络设备可以定位到或者找到该终端设备。终端设备在RRC_CONNECTED态时,网络设备和终端设备可以进行该终端设备特定的数据信道和/或控制信道的传输,从而可以传输该终端设备的特定信息或单播信息。例如网络设备可以向终端设备发送终端设备特定的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)和/或物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH),和/或终端设备可以向网络设备发送终端设备特定的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)和/或物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)。终端设备可以通过PDCCH来接收网络设备发送的上行调度指示或下行调度指示。终端设备可以通过PUCCH向网络设备发送混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)信息,用于指示终端设备对下行数据的解调情况。When the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, there is an RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device. At this time, the network device knows that the terminal device is within the coverage of the network device or within the management scope of the network device, for example, the network device knows that the terminal device is within the coverage of the cell managed by the network device; the core network knows In which network device the terminal device is covered or managed, the core network knows through which network device the terminal device can be located or found. When the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the network device and the terminal device can transmit the data channel and/or control channel specific to the terminal device, so as to transmit the specific information or unicast information of the terminal device. For example, the network device may send a terminal device-specific physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and/or a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device may send the network device The terminal device-specific physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and/or physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). The terminal device may receive the uplink scheduling indication or the downlink scheduling indication sent by the network device through the PDCCH. The terminal device may send hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) information to the network device through the PUCCH, which is used to indicate the demodulation of the downlink data by the terminal device.
终端设备处于RRC空闲态时,释放了终端设备和接入网之间的RRC连接。此时,终端设备可以从网络设备接收寻呼消息、广播信道、和/或系统信息等。在该RRC空闲状态下,网络设备不知道该终端设备是否在该网络设备的覆盖范围内或者是否在该网络设备的管理范围内,例如网络设备不知道该终端设备是否在该网络设备所管理的小区的覆盖范围内;核心网不知道终端设备在哪个网络设备的覆盖范围内或者管理范围内,核心网不知道通过哪个网络设备可以定位到或者找到该终端设备。When the terminal equipment is in the RRC idle state, the RRC connection between the terminal equipment and the access network is released. At this time, the terminal device may receive a paging message, a broadcast channel, and/or system information and the like from the network device. In the RRC idle state, the network device does not know whether the terminal device is within the coverage of the network device or is within the management range of the network device, for example, the network device does not know whether the terminal device is managed by the network device. Within the coverage of the cell; the core network does not know which network device the terminal device is within the coverage or management range, and the core network does not know through which network device the terminal device can be located or found.
终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,暂停了终端设备和网络设备之间的RRC连接,但核心网保留了终端的注册信息。此时,核心网知道终端设备在哪个或哪些网络设备的覆盖范围内或者管理范围内,核心网知道通过哪个或哪些网络设备可以定位到或者找到该终端设备。当终端设备是RRC_INACTIVE态时,终端设备可以从网络设备接收寻呼消息、同步信号、广播消息、和/或系统信息等。When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device is suspended, but the core network retains the registration information of the terminal. At this time, the core network knows which network device(s) the terminal device is covered by or within the management range, and the core network knows through which network device(s) the terminal device can be located or found. When the terminal device is in the RRC_INACTIVE state, the terminal device may receive paging messages, synchronization signals, broadcast messages, and/or system information, etc. from the network device.
业内提出的通过N个终端组成一个簇并以簇为单位进行随机接入过程,虽然能够在一定程度上降低随机接入碰撞概率。但是,当终端设备处于上述非连接态(例如RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态)或者其它非连接态(例如省电模式(Power Saving Mode)、DRX(非连续接收)中的Inactivity周期等)时,网络设备可向终端设备广播消息,但是终端设备无法与网络设备收发单播消息,因此网络设备无法单独指示终端设备为簇头节点或者簇成员节点,并且也难以保障终端成簇后与网络设备的通信效果。It is proposed in the industry that N terminals form a cluster and perform the random access process in units of clusters, although the random access collision probability can be reduced to a certain extent. However, when the terminal device is in the above-mentioned disconnected state (such as RRC idle state or RRC inactive state) or other disconnected states (such as power saving mode (Power Saving Mode), Inactivity period in DRX (discontinuous reception), etc.) , the network device can broadcast messages to the terminal device, but the terminal device cannot send and receive unicast messages with the network device, so the network device cannot individually instruct the terminal device to be a cluster head node or a cluster member node, and it is difficult to ensure that the terminal can communicate with the network device after forming a cluster. communication effect.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备成簇方法和装置,终端设备可以通过接收网络设备广播的第一信息(包括指示终端设备成簇的指示信息),并根据第一信息的指示,与其它终端设备组成簇,从而实现终端成簇。该方案成簇流程简单,能够减少终端设备成簇过程中的信令和能耗开销,并且成簇后通信效果更优。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a method and apparatus for clustering terminal equipment. The terminal equipment can receive the first information (including the indication information indicating that the terminal equipment is clustered) broadcast by network equipment, and Indicate, form a cluster with other terminal devices, so as to realize the terminal clustering. The clustering process of the scheme is simple, the signaling and energy consumption overhead in the clustering process of terminal equipment can be reduced, and the communication effect after clustering is better.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先以图1中示出的通信系统为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, firstly, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is described in detail by taking the communication system shown in FIG. 1 as an example.
如图1所示,该通信系统100包括网络设备110和至少一个终端设备120,网络设备110可配置有多个天线,终端设备120也可配置有多个天线。应理解,网络设备110或终端设备120还可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如,处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器或解复用器等)。由于终端设备120的移动性,如图1所示,终端设备120可以在网络设备110的覆盖范围111内,也可以在网络设备110的覆盖范围111之外。如图1所示,当终端设备120在网络设备110的覆盖范围111内时,该终端设备120可以接收网络设备110发送的下行信号,和/或向网络设备110发送上行信号。应理解的是,此处仅基于椭圆111示意性地表示网络设备的覆盖范围,在具体应用中,网络设备的覆盖范围可以是圆形区域,也可以包括多个扇区,本申请对此不做限定。As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system 100 includes a network device 110 and at least one terminal device 120 . The network device 110 may be configured with multiple antennas, and the terminal device 120 may also be configured with multiple antennas. It should be understood that the network device 110 or the terminal device 120 may also include various components related to signal transmission and reception (eg, processors, modulators, multiplexers, demodulators or demultiplexers, etc.). Due to the mobility of the terminal device 120 , as shown in FIG. 1 , the terminal device 120 may be within the coverage 111 of the network device 110 or outside the coverage 111 of the network device 110 . As shown in FIG. 1 , when the terminal device 120 is within the coverage 111 of the network device 110 , the terminal device 120 can receive downlink signals sent by the network device 110 and/or send uplink signals to the network device 110 . It should be understood that the coverage area of the network device is only schematically represented here based on the ellipse 111. In a specific application, the coverage area of the network device may be a circular area, or may include multiple sectors. This application does not Do limit.
应理解,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备,图1中未予以画出。It should be understood that FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system may further include other network devices or may also include other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
应理解,本申请的技术方案可以应用于无线通信系统中。例如,图1中所示的通信系统100,该通信系统可以包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个终端设备,网络设备和终端设备又可以称为通信设备,通信设备间可以利用空口资源进行无线通信,网络设备还可以称为网络侧设备。空口资源可以包括时域资源、频域资源、码资源和空间资源中至少一个。在本申请实施例中,至少一个还可以描述为一个或多个,多个可以是两个、三个、四个或者更多个,本申请不做限制。It should be understood that the technical solutions of the present application can be applied in a wireless communication system. For example, in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, the communication system may include at least one network device and at least one terminal device. The network device and the terminal device may also be referred to as communication devices, and the communication devices may use air interface resources for wireless communication. A network device may also be referred to as a network-side device. The air interface resources may include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code resources and space resources. In the embodiments of the present application, at least one may also be described as one or more, and the multiple may be two, three, four or more, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例涉及到的终端设备还可以称为终端,可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,其可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE),其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。如上介绍的各种终端,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端,车载终端例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端;也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端,以终端是UE为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The terminal device involved in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as a terminal, which may be a device with a wireless transceiver function, which may be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it may also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as on airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.). The terminal device may be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), wherein the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with a wireless communication function. Exemplarily, the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function. The terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, intelligent Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on. The various terminals described above, if located on the vehicle (eg, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminals, and the vehicle-mounted terminal is also called, for example, an on-board unit (OBU). In this embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the device for realizing the functions of the terminal is a terminal, and the terminal is a UE as an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例涉及到的网络设备包括基站(base station,BS),可以是一种部署在无线 接入网中能够和终端进行无线通信的设备。其中,基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是5G中的基站或LTE中的基站,其中,5G中的基站还可以称为发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)或gNB。本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备,以网络设备是基站为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The network device involved in the embodiments of the present application includes a base station (base station, BS), which may be a device deployed in a wireless access network and capable of wirelessly communicating with a terminal. The base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point. Exemplarily, the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station in 5G or a base station in LTE, where the base station in 5G may also be called a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP) or gNB. In this embodiment of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the network device. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the device for implementing the functions of the network equipment is the network equipment, and the network equipment is a base station as an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于通信设备间的无线通信。通信设备间的无线通信可以包括:网络设备和终端间的无线通信、网络设备和网络设备间的无线通信以及终端和终端间的无线通信。其中,在本申请实施例中,术语“无线通信”还可以简称为“通信”,术语“通信”还可以描述为“数据传输”、“信息传输”或“传输”。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to wireless communication between communication devices. The wireless communication between communication devices may include: wireless communication between a network device and a terminal, wireless communication between a network device and a network device, and wireless communication between a terminal and a terminal. Wherein, in this embodiment of the present application, the term "wireless communication" may also be referred to as "communication" for short, and the term "communication" may also be described as "data transmission", "information transmission" or "transmission".
另外,需要理解,在本申请实施例中,至少一个还可以描述为一个或多个,多个可以是两个、三个、四个或者更多个,本申请不做限制。在本申请实施例中,“/”可以表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;“和/或”可以用于描述关联对象存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。为了便于描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请实施例中,可以采用“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能相同或相似的技术特征进行区分。该“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示例子、例证或说明,被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In addition, it should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, at least one may also be described as one or more, and the multiple may be two, three, four or more, which is not limited in this application. In this embodiment of the present application, "/" may indicate that the objects associated before and after are an "or" relationship, for example, A/B may indicate A or B; "and/or" may be used to describe that there are three types of associated objects A relationship, for example, A and/or B, can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In order to facilitate the description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" may be used to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions. The words "first", "second" and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words "first", "second" and the like do not limit the difference. In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" should not be construed are preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. The use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the relevant concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例可以应用于5G NR(New Radio)系统,也可以应用于其它的通信系统,如长期演进LTE(Long Term Evolution)、码分多址接入CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access)、WIFI、或未来的6G通信系统等,只要该通信系统中存在网络设备(例如图1中的网络设备110)、多个终端设备(例如图1中的终端设备120)。存在终端设备在一个网络设备的覆盖范围内,接收网络设备发送的下行信号,和/或向网络设备发送上行信号。其他终端设备可能在网络设备的覆盖范围内,也可能不在网络设备的覆盖范围内。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application can be applied to 5G NR (New Radio) systems, and can also be applied to other communication systems, such as Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution), Code Division Multiple Access CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access) Access), WIFI, or a future 6G communication system, etc., as long as there are network devices (eg, network device 110 in FIG. 1 ) and multiple terminal devices (eg, terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 ) in the communication system. There is a terminal device within the coverage of a network device, receiving a downlink signal sent by the network device, and/or sending an uplink signal to the network device. Other terminal devices may or may not be within the coverage of the network device.
本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备成簇方法,该方法可由图1中的网络设备和/或终端设备实现。下面参阅图2所示的流程图,对该方法的步骤进行具体说明。An embodiment of the present application provides a method for clustering terminal devices, and the method can be implemented by the network device and/or the terminal device in FIG. 1 . The steps of the method will be described in detail below with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 2 .
如图2所述,终端设备成簇方法包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 2, the terminal device clustering method includes the following steps:
S210:网络设备发送第一信息。S210: The network device sends the first information.
S220:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息。S220: The terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device.
S230:终端设备根据第一信息,以簇头节点或簇成员节点的身份加入簇。S230: The terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster head node or a cluster member node according to the first information.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可以以广播的方式发送第一信息。其中,网络设备可以直接广播该第一信息,也可以在广播的系统信息或者其它信息中携带该第一信息,本申请对此不做限定。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may send the first information in a broadcast manner. The network device may directly broadcast the first information, or may carry the first information in the broadcasted system information or other information, which is not limited in this application.
第一信息又可以称为分簇信息、成簇指示信息等。网络设备可以对其覆盖范围或其管 理范围内的海量终端设备所要组成的簇进行划分,并生成上述第一信息。该第一信息中可以包括网络设备对其覆盖范围内或其管理范围内的海量终端设备所要组成的一个或多个簇的相关指示信息,该相关指示信息可以包括但不限于:关于终端设备组成簇应满足的身份条件的指示信息、关于终端设备组成簇后对应的节点身份的行为的指示信息。网络设备可以在其全部覆盖范围或全部管理范围内广播该第一信息,也可以向预设范围内广播该第一信息。网络设备所广播的第一信息中可以包括该网络设备对其覆盖范围或其管理范围内的所有簇的相关指示信息,也可以包括对预定的一个或多个簇的相关指示信息,本申请对此均不做限定。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,网络设备可以根据应用场景或者业务需求或者其它需求等实现对海量终端设备的分簇,为保障成簇后簇内各终端节点之间的良好的通信效果,网络设备例如也可以根据历史上组成簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息(简称为历史成簇信息)进行分簇划分,本申请对此分簇方式不做任何限定。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“分簇”是指网络设备对海量终端设备对应的簇的划分,“成簇”则是指满足相应条件的终端设备相互组成簇,第一信息中包括的指示信息为网络设备对簇的划分的指示信息,用于告知终端设备要与其它终端设备组成簇时应满足的相关条件。The first information may also be referred to as clustering information, clustering indication information, or the like. The network device may divide the clusters to be formed by a large number of terminal devices within its coverage or its management range, and generate the above-mentioned first information. The first information may include relevant indication information of one or more clusters to be formed by a large number of terminal devices within the coverage or management range of the network device, and the relevant indication information may include but not limited to: The indication information of the identity conditions that the cluster should satisfy, and the indication information about the behavior of the corresponding node identity after the terminal device forms the cluster. The network device may broadcast the first information within its entire coverage area or the entire management area, or may broadcast the first information within a preset area. The first information broadcast by the network device may include the relevant indication information of all the clusters within the coverage or management range of the network device, and may also include the relevant indication information of one or more predetermined clusters. This is not limited. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may implement clustering of a large number of terminal devices according to application scenarios or business requirements or other requirements, so as to ensure good communication effect between terminal nodes in the cluster after clustering. , the network device may also perform clustering according to the information of the cluster head nodes and/or cluster member nodes that form a cluster in the past (referred to as historical clustering information), and this application does not make any limitation on the clustering method. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, "clustering" refers to the division of clusters corresponding to a large number of terminal devices by network equipment, and "clustering" refers to that terminal devices that meet corresponding conditions form clusters with each other. The included indication information is the indication information that the network device divides the cluster, and is used to inform the terminal device of the relevant conditions that should be satisfied when forming a cluster with other terminal devices.
在一个示例中,第一信息中可以包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件。当终端设备接收到第一信息之后,即可通过判断自身是否满足第一条件和/或第二条件以实现终端成簇。例如,若终端设备满足第一条件,则可以确定其在当前要加入的簇中的候选身份为候选簇成员节点,进而以候选簇成员节点的身份确定是否能够作为簇头节点加入相应的簇中。若终端设备满足第二条件,则可以确定其在当前要加入的簇中的候选身份为候选簇头节点,进而以候选簇头节点的身份确定是否能够作为簇成员节点加入相应的簇中。由此,终端设备自身即可根据第一信息的指示与其它终端设备组成簇,成簇流程简单,能够减少终端设备成簇过程中的信令和能耗开销。在此。需要说明的是,若终端设备既不满足第一条件又不满足第二条件,则可以认为是该终端设备是无需入簇的情形,或者网络设备不指示其与其它终端设备成簇的情形,或者其它情形,本申请对此不做限定。在本申请的实施例中,主要关注关于能够作为候选簇头节点或者候选簇成员节点的终端设备的成簇,在下文中将不再进行区分。In an example, the first information may include: a first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or a second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy. After the terminal device receives the first information, it can realize terminal clustering by judging whether it satisfies the first condition and/or the second condition. For example, if the terminal device satisfies the first condition, it can determine that its candidate identity in the cluster to be joined is a candidate cluster member node, and then use the identity of the candidate cluster member node to determine whether it can join the corresponding cluster as a cluster head node . If the terminal device satisfies the second condition, it can determine its candidate identity in the cluster to be joined currently as a candidate cluster head node, and then use the identity of the candidate cluster head node to determine whether it can join the corresponding cluster as a cluster member node. Therefore, the terminal device itself can form a cluster with other terminal devices according to the instruction of the first information, the clustering process is simple, and the signaling and energy consumption overhead in the clustering process of the terminal device can be reduced. here. It should be noted that if the terminal device neither satisfies the first condition nor the second condition, it can be considered that the terminal device does not need to be clustered, or the network device does not instruct it to form a cluster with other terminal devices. In other cases, this application does not limit it. In the embodiments of the present application, the main focus is on the clustering of terminal devices that can serve as candidate cluster head nodes or candidate cluster member nodes, which will not be distinguished hereinafter.
上述第一条件和/或第二条件可以是用于确定终端设备在要加入的簇中的候选身份的任意条件。The above-mentioned first condition and/or second condition may be any condition for determining the candidate identity of the terminal device in the cluster to be joined.
在一种可能的设计中,该第一条件例如可以包括用于指示簇成员节点所在的第一区域的信息,第二条件例如可以包括用于指示簇头节点所在的第二区域的信息。第一区域也可以称为簇成员区域,第二区域也可以称为簇头区域。终端可以根据自身所在的区域,与第一区域、第二区域的关系,确定自身在要加入的簇中的候选身份。例如,若终端设备所在的区域属于第一区域,即可确定其候选身份为候选簇成员节点。或者,若终端设备所在的区域属于第二区域,即可确定其候选身份为候选簇头节点。应理解,在此仅是示例性地对第一条件和/或第二条件进行说明而非任何限定,在一些实施例中,第一条件和/或第二条件例如也可以是根据业务、终端能力、终端的拓扑结构等指示候选身份,本申请对此不做限定。In a possible design, the first condition may include, for example, information used to indicate the first area where the cluster member node is located, and the second condition may include information used to indicate the second area where the cluster head node is located, for example. The first area may also be called a cluster member area, and the second area may also be called a cluster head area. The terminal may determine its candidate identity in the cluster to be added according to the area where it is located and the relationship with the first area and the second area. For example, if the area where the terminal device is located belongs to the first area, its candidate identity can be determined as a candidate cluster member node. Alternatively, if the area where the terminal device is located belongs to the second area, its candidate identity can be determined as a candidate cluster head node. It should be understood that the first condition and/or the second condition are only exemplarily described here without any limitation. In some embodiments, the first condition and/or the second condition may also be based on services, terminals The capability, the topology structure of the terminal, etc. indicate candidate identities, which are not limited in this application.
在一个示例中,第一条件可以包括指定参数的第一取值区间,该第一取值区间可以用于指示候选簇成员节点所在的第一区域。第二条件可以包括指定参数的第二取值区间,该第二取值区间用于指示候选簇头节点所在的第二区域。终端设备可以根据指定参数的测量 值分别与第一取值区间、第二取值区间之间的关系,确定自身在要加入的簇中的候选身份。具体例如可以为:终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点;和/或,终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇头节点。In one example, the first condition may include a first value interval of the specified parameter, and the first value interval may be used to indicate the first area where the candidate cluster member node is located. The second condition may include a second value interval of the specified parameter, where the second value interval is used to indicate the second area where the candidate cluster head node is located. The terminal device can determine its candidate identity in the cluster to be added according to the relationship between the measured value of the specified parameter and the first value interval and the second value interval, respectively. Specifically, for example, the terminal device may determine that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval; and/or, the terminal device belongs to the specified parameter according to the measurement value of the specified parameter. In the second value interval, the candidate identity is determined as the candidate cluster head node.
上述指定参数可以为能够用于确定终端设备的候选身份的任意参数,指定参数的测量值则是终端设备针对该指定参数进行测量得到的相应的结果。为了更清晰地理解本申请实施例,下面参阅图3A-图3B进行举例说明。The above-mentioned specified parameter may be any parameter that can be used to determine the candidate identity of the terminal device, and the measurement value of the specified parameter is a corresponding result obtained by the terminal device measuring the specified parameter. For a clearer understanding of the embodiments of the present application, an example is given below with reference to FIGS. 3A-3B .
例1:指定参数可以为参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)。指定参数的测量值可以包括终端设备测量其所在的驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值。该参考信号例如可以包括同步信号块(synchronized signal block,SSB)和/或信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)等。Example 1: The specified parameter may be reference signal received power (RSRP). The measurement value of the specified parameter may include the RSRP measurement value obtained by the terminal device measuring the reference signal of the cell where it resides and/or the neighbor cell of the cell. The reference signal may include, for example, a synchronized signal block (synchronized signal block, SSB) and/or a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), and the like.
参阅图3A,假设网络设备向其管理的第一小区(本申请实施例中也称为本小区)发射多个波束,每个波束的SSB可能被位于该第一小区的覆盖范围内的终端设备1、2、3、4、5接收到。终端设备1、2、3、4、5可以分别测量接收到的一个或多个SSB的RSRP。假设网络设备基于信号强度对其覆盖范围或管理范围内的海量终端设备进行分簇划分,分簇后确定图3A中区域R-1为一个簇的候选簇成员节点所在的区域,区域R-2为该簇的候选簇头节点所在的区域,则网络设备可以在第一信息中基于能够覆盖到区域R-2的SSB(例如SSB-1和SSB-2)的索引(index)值以及各SSB相应的RSRP的第一取值区间[PN-j,PN-k]作为第一条件,终端设备3、4接收到相应的SSB-1和/或SSB-2并测量RSRP后,则可以基于RSRP测量值与[PN-j,PN-k]进行比较,以确定自身是否能够作为候选簇成员节点。同时,网络设备可以在第一信息中基于能够扫描到区域R-1的SSB(例如SSB-1和SSB-2)的索引值以及各SSB相应的RSRP的第二取值区间[PN-i,PN-l]作为第二条件,终端设备2、5接收到相应的SSB-1和/或SSB-2并测量RSRP后,则可以基于RSRP测量值与[PN-i,PN-l]进行比较,以确定自身是否能够作为候选簇头节点。其中,N为正整数,表示SSB的索引值,i、l、j、k分别表示基于信号强度的门限(threshold)值,l与j可以相同也可以不同。Referring to FIG. 3A , it is assumed that a network device transmits multiple beams to a first cell (also referred to as this cell in this embodiment of the present application) managed by the network device, and the SSB of each beam may be used by terminal devices located within the coverage of the first cell. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 received. Terminal devices 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 may measure the received RSRP of one or more SSBs, respectively. Assume that the network device divides the mass terminal devices within its coverage or management range into clusters based on the signal strength. After clustering, it is determined that the area R-1 in Figure 3A is the area where the candidate cluster member nodes of a cluster are located, and the area R-2 is the area where the candidate cluster head node of the cluster is located, then the network device may use the first information based on the index value of the SSBs (for example, SSB-1 and SSB-2) that can cover the area R-2 (for example, SSB-1 and SSB-2) and each SSB The first value interval [PN-j, PN-k] of the corresponding RSRP is used as the first condition. After the terminal devices 3 and 4 receive the corresponding SSB-1 and/or SSB-2 and measure the RSRP, they can be based on the RSRP The measured value is compared with [PN-j, PN-k] to determine whether it can be a candidate cluster member node. At the same time, the network device may scan the first information based on the index values of the SSBs (for example, SSB-1 and SSB-2) that can scan the area R-1 and the second value interval [PN-i, PN-1] As the second condition, after the terminal devices 2 and 5 receive the corresponding SSB-1 and/or SSB-2 and measure the RSRP, they can compare with [PN-i, PN-1] based on the RSRP measurement value , to determine whether it can be a candidate cluster head node. Wherein, N is a positive integer, representing the index value of the SSB, i, l, j, and k respectively represent threshold values based on signal strength, and l and j may be the same or different.
参阅图3A,由于第一小区的邻小区(即第二小区)的覆盖范围与该第一小区的覆盖范围存在重叠,位于第一小区和第二小区的重叠区域的终端设备1既可以接收到第一小区的SSB-3也可以接收到第二小区的SSB-1。因此,网络设备还可以在第一信息中基于本小区和邻小区的各SSB的索引值以及相应的RSRP取值区间作为第一条件和/或第二条件。相应地,为了便于区分,终端设备对指定参数的测量值还可以包括接收到的SSB的索引值和/或该SSB对应的小区的小区标识。Referring to FIG. 3A , since the coverage of the adjacent cell (ie, the second cell) of the first cell overlaps with the coverage of the first cell, the terminal device 1 located in the overlapping area of the first cell and the second cell can receive The SSB-3 of the first cell may also receive the SSB-1 of the second cell. Therefore, the network device may also use the index value of each SSB of the current cell and the neighboring cell and the corresponding RSRP value interval as the first condition and/or the second condition in the first information. Correspondingly, in order to facilitate the distinction, the measurement value of the designated parameter by the terminal device may further include the received index value of the SSB and/or the cell identifier of the cell corresponding to the SSB.
例2:指定参数可以为终端位置参数,包括但不限于以下的任一项或组合:经度和纬度、距离、方位角。终端位置参数的测量值与终端位置参数的取值区间例如可以通过网络设备的位置对应关联。指定参数的测量值可以为终端设备的经度坐标和维度坐标,和/或,终端设备相距网络设备的距离值,和/或,终端设备相对于网络设备的方位角。Example 2: The specified parameter may be a terminal location parameter, including but not limited to any one or combination of the following: longitude and latitude, distance, and azimuth. The measured value of the terminal location parameter and the value interval of the terminal location parameter may be associated, for example, by the location of the network device. The measured value of the specified parameter may be the longitude and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or the distance value of the terminal device from the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device.
参阅图3B,假设网络设备以自身为参考原点,对其覆盖范围或管理范围内的海量终端设备进行分簇划分,分簇后确定图3B中区域R-1为候选簇成员节点所在的区域,区域R-2为候选簇头节点所在的区域,则网络设备可以在第一信息中基于区域R-1相对于网络设备 自身的经度和纬度、距离、方位角等信息以及相应的取值区间作为第一条件和或/或第二条件。相应地,终端设备则可以通过相应的技术实现对指定参数的测量得到相应的测量值。例如可以通过GPS定位技术终端设备的经度坐标和维度坐标,可以通过与网络设备交互测量信号获得相距网络设备的距离值和/或方位角。本申请对于终端位置参数的测量值的获得方式不做限定。Referring to Fig. 3B, it is assumed that the network device takes itself as the reference origin, and performs clustering and division of a large number of terminal devices within its coverage or management range. After clustering, it is determined that the region R-1 in Fig. 3B is the region where the candidate cluster member nodes are located, The area R-2 is the area where the candidate cluster head node is located, and the network device can use the first information as the information based on the longitude, latitude, distance, azimuth and other information of the area R-1 relative to the network device itself and the corresponding value interval. the first condition and/or the second condition. Correspondingly, the terminal device can obtain the corresponding measurement value by measuring the specified parameter through the corresponding technology. For example, the longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device can be obtained through GPS positioning technology, and the distance value and/or azimuth angle from the network device can be obtained by interacting measurement signals with the network device. The present application does not limit the manner of obtaining the measured value of the terminal location parameter.
需要说明的是,在上述例1和例2中,指定参数的第一(二)取值区间可以为单个取值区间,也可以包括至少两个第一(二)子区间。若第一(二)取值区间包括至少两个第一(二)子区间,则第一(二)条件还可以包括该至少两个第一(二)子区间对应的第一(二)区间关系。该至少两个第一(二)子区间中可以包括对应于第一小区的至少一个第一(二)子区间和/或对应于第二小区的至少一个第一(二)子区间,其中,第一小区为网络设备所管理的小区,第二小区为第一小区的邻小区,第一(二)条件还可以包括第二小区的小区标识。若指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP,第一(二)条件还包括所述至少两个第一(二)子区间分别对应的至少两个参考信号标识。其中,若参考信号为SSB,则参考信号标识为SSB索引。若参考信号为CSI-RS,则参考信号标识可以是指CSI-RS对应的CSI-RS资源,该CSI-RS资源例如可以在网络设备发送的其它信息中指示,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the above examples 1 and 2, the first (second) value interval of the specified parameter may be a single value interval, or may include at least two first (second) sub-intervals. If the first (2) value interval includes at least two first (2) subintervals, the first (2) condition may also include the first (2) interval corresponding to the at least two first (2) subintervals relation. The at least two first (second) sub-regions may include at least one first (second) sub-region corresponding to the first cell and/or at least one first (second) sub-region corresponding to the second cell, wherein, The first cell is a cell managed by the network device, the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell, and the first (second) condition may further include a cell identifier of the second cell. If the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP, the first (second) condition further includes at least two reference signal identifiers corresponding to the at least two first (second) sub-intervals respectively. Wherein, if the reference signal is an SSB, the reference signal identifier is an SSB index. If the reference signal is a CSI-RS, the reference signal identifier may refer to a CSI-RS resource corresponding to the CSI-RS, and the CSI-RS resource may be indicated, for example, in other information sent by the network device, which will not be repeated here.
应理解的是,在此仅以RSRP和终端位置参数为例对确定终端设备的候选身份的方式进行说明而非任何限定,在其它实施例中,还可以通过其它方式确定终端设备的候选身份,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that, the method for determining the candidate identity of the terminal device is only described here by taking RSRP and the terminal location parameter as examples without any limitation. In other embodiments, the candidate identity of the terminal device may also be determined in other ways. This application does not limit this.
由于第一信息指示终端设备作为候选簇头节点和/或候选簇成员节点应满足的相关条件,第一信息所包括的内容将影响终端设备成簇的结果。为了更清晰地理解本申请实施例,下面,以指定参数为RSRP,以及终端设备通过搜索同步信号块(synchronized signal block,SSB)测量RSRP的方式为例,介绍在不同的情形下第一信息所包括的内容以及终端设备如何根据第一信息确定候选身份。Since the first information indicates the relevant conditions that the terminal device should meet as a candidate cluster head node and/or a candidate cluster member node, the content included in the first information will affect the clustering result of the terminal device. In order to understand the embodiments of the present application more clearly, in the following, taking the specified parameter as RSRP, and the manner in which the terminal device measures RSRP by searching for a synchronized signal block (SSB) as an example, the first information in different situations is introduced. What is included and how the terminal device determines the candidate identity according to the first information.
示例一Example 1
网络设备可以在向其管理的第一小区(即本小区)的终端设备广播的系统信息中携带第一信息,以指示能够接收到该第一信息且满足相应条件的终端设备,以簇成员节点或者簇头节点的身份加入相应的簇中,并指示终端设备作为簇头节点或簇成员节点的行为。终端设备可以均处于非连接态,并根据接收到的第一信息与其它终端设备组成簇。第一信息可以包括如下表1所示的内容:The network equipment may carry the first information in the system information broadcast to the terminal equipment of the first cell (that is, the current cell) managed by the network equipment to indicate that the terminal equipment that can receive the first information and meet the corresponding conditions, as a cluster member node. Or the identity of the cluster head node is added to the corresponding cluster, and the terminal device is instructed to act as a cluster head node or a cluster member node. The terminal devices may all be in a disconnected state, and form a cluster with other terminal devices according to the received first information. The first information may include the content shown in Table 1 below:
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020112653-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020112653-appb-000001
如表1所示,第一信息中可以包括簇的簇标识,例如簇序号1、2、3。在下文描述中,为了便于区分,第一信息中指示的各个簇可以根据其簇序号相应地简称为簇1、簇2、簇3……。As shown in Table 1, the first information may include cluster identifiers of the clusters, such as cluster numbers 1, 2, and 3. In the following description, for the convenience of distinction, each cluster indicated in the first information may be abbreviated as cluster 1, cluster 2, cluster 3 . . . correspondingly according to its cluster number.
第一信息中可以包括每个簇对应的第一条件和第二条件,该第一条件用于指示该簇的簇成员区域(即第一区域),第二条件用于指示该簇的簇头区域(即第二区域),第一条件和第二条件用于终端设备确定其在相应簇中候选身份。第一条件可以包括本小区的SSB的索引值以及相应的RSRP的第一取值区间,第二条件则可以包括本小区的SSB的索引值以及相应的RSRP的第二取值区间。各SSB对应的第一取值区间[PN-j,PN-k]或第二取值区间[PN-i,PN-j]中,N为正整数,表示SSB的索引值,i、j、k分别表示基于信号强度的门限(threshold)值。第一信息可以通过一个SSB对应的RSRP取值区间指示终端设备的候选身份,也可以通过两个或更多个SSB分别对应的RSRP取值区间联合指示终端设备的候选身份。簇头区域指示的SSB索引与簇成员区域指示的SSB索引可以相同、也可以不同、或者不完全相同。同一SSB索引对应的第一取值区间与第二取值区间不同或不完全相同。The first information may include a first condition and a second condition corresponding to each cluster, the first condition is used to indicate the cluster member area (ie the first area) of the cluster, and the second condition is used to indicate the cluster head of the cluster. The area (ie the second area), the first condition and the second condition are used by the terminal device to determine its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster. The first condition may include the index value of the SSB of the current cell and the corresponding first value interval of the RSRP, and the second condition may include the index value of the SSB of the current cell and the corresponding second value interval of the RSRP. In the first value interval [PN-j, PN-k] or the second value interval [PN-i, PN-j] corresponding to each SSB, N is a positive integer, indicating the index value of the SSB, i, j, k represents a threshold value based on signal strength, respectively. The first information may indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device through the RSRP value interval corresponding to one SSB, or may jointly indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device through the RSRP value interval corresponding to two or more SSBs respectively. The SSB index indicated by the cluster head area and the SSB index indicated by the cluster member area may be the same, may be different, or not exactly the same. The first value interval and the second value interval corresponding to the same SSB index are different or not completely the same.
以表1中簇1为例,簇1对应的簇头区域和簇成员区域的指示信息,均通过一个SSB对应的RSRP取值区间指示终端设备的候选身份。如表1所示,簇1对应的簇头区域的指示信息包括SSB-1以及SSB-1对应的RSRP的第二取值区间[P1-1,P1-2],簇成员区域的指示信息包括SSB-1以及SSB-1对应的RSRP的第一取值区间[P1-2,P1-3]。若终端设备接收到SSB-1,且测量该SSB-1得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-1对应的第一取值区间[P1-1,P1-2],则认为该终端设备在簇1对应的簇头区域,该终端设备即可认为其在簇1中的候选身份为候选簇头节点。若终端设备接收到SSB-1,且测量该SSB-1得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-1对应的第二取值区间[P1-2,P1-3],则认为该终端设备在簇1对应的簇成员区域,该终端设备即可认为其在簇1中的候选身份为候选簇成员节点。Taking the cluster 1 in Table 1 as an example, the indication information of the cluster head area and the cluster member area corresponding to the cluster 1 both indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device through an RSRP value interval corresponding to an SSB. As shown in Table 1, the indication information of the cluster head area corresponding to cluster 1 includes SSB-1 and the second value interval [P1-1, P1-2] of RSRP corresponding to SSB-1, and the indication information of the cluster member area includes SSB-1 and the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] of RSRP corresponding to SSB-1. If the terminal device receives SSB-1, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-1 belongs to the first value interval [P1-1, P1-2] corresponding to SSB-1, it is considered that the terminal device corresponds to cluster 1 In the cluster head area, the terminal device can consider its candidate identity in cluster 1 as a candidate cluster head node. If the terminal device receives SSB-1, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-1 belongs to the second value interval [P1-2, P1-3] corresponding to SSB-1, it is considered that the terminal device corresponds to cluster 1 In the cluster member area, the terminal device can consider its candidate identity in cluster 1 as a candidate cluster member node.
以表1中簇2为例,簇2对应的簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息,通过两个SSB对应的RSRP取值区间联合指示终端设备的候选身份,其中,簇头区域指示的两个SSB的索引可以与簇成员区域指示的两个SSB的索引相同,也可以不同或不完全相同。簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息中,还包括对两个SSB对应的RSRP取值区间应满足的区间关系的指示,该区间关系可以是“和”的关系,即同时满足全部条件;也可以是“或”的关系,即满足全部条件中的一个条件;还可以是“部分和”的关系,即同时满足全部条件中的部分条件/多个条件;还可以是“部分或”的关系,即满足部分条件中的一个条件等。其中,上述关系可以是显性地指示,如在第一信息中的相关字段中明确指示;该关系也可以是隐性地指示,如默认为是“和”的关系,本申请对此实现不做限定。在实际应用中,网络设备可以根据应用场景或者业务需求或者其它需求在第一信息中指示不同SSB对应的RSRP取值区间的区间关系,本申请对此不做限定。Taking cluster 2 in Table 1 as an example, the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area corresponding to cluster 2 jointly indicates the candidate identity of the terminal device through the RSRP value interval corresponding to the two SSBs, wherein the cluster head area indicates The indices of the two SSBs in the cluster member area may be the same as the indices of the two SSBs indicated by the cluster member area, and may also be different or not exactly the same. The indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area also includes an indication of the interval relationship that should be satisfied by the RSRP value ranges corresponding to the two SSBs. ; It can also be an "or" relationship, that is, one of all the conditions is satisfied; it can also be a "partial sum" relationship, that is, a part of all conditions/multiple conditions are satisfied at the same time; it can also be "partial or" relationship, that is, one of the conditions is satisfied, etc. The above relationship may be explicitly indicated, such as being explicitly indicated in the relevant field in the first information; the relationship may also be implicitly indicated, such as an “and” relationship by default, which is not implemented in this application. Do limit. In practical applications, the network device may indicate the interval relationship between the RSRP value intervals corresponding to different SSBs in the first information according to the application scenario or service requirements or other requirements, which is not limited in this application.
如表1所示,簇2对应的簇头区域的指示信息包括SSB-2以及SSB-2对应的RSRP的第一取值区间[P2-1,P2-2]、SSB-3以及SSB-3对应的RSRP的第一取值区间[P3-1,P3-2],以及[P2-1,P2-2]与[P3-1,P3-2]应满足的区间关系“和”。即表示,终端设备接收到SSB-2,且测量该SSB-2得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-2对应的第二取值区间[P2-1,P2-2],并且,终端设备接收到SSB-3,且测量该SSB-3得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-3对应的第二取值区间[P3-1,P3-2],则终端设备方可确定其在簇2中的候选身份为候选簇头节点。簇2对应的簇成员区域的指示信息包括SSB-1以及SSB-1对应的RSRP的第一取值区间[P1-2,P1-3]、SSB-2以及SSB-2对应的RSRP的第一取值区间[P2-2,P2-3],以及[P1-2,P1-3]与[P2-2,P2-3]应满足的区间关系“或”。即表示,终端设备接收到SSB-1,其测量该SSB-1测量得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-1对应的第一取值区间[P1-2,P1-3],或者,终端设备接收到 SSB-2,且测量该SSB-2得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-2对应的第一取值区间[P2-2,P2-3],则终端设备可以确定其在簇2中的候选身份为候选簇成员节点。As shown in Table 1, the indication information of the cluster head area corresponding to cluster 2 includes SSB-2 and the first value interval [P2-1, P2-2], SSB-3 and SSB-3 of RSRP corresponding to SSB-2 The first value interval [P3-1, P3-2] of the corresponding RSRP, and the interval relationship "sum" that should be satisfied by [P2-1, P2-2] and [P3-1, P3-2]. That is to say, the terminal device receives SSB-2, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-2 belongs to the second value interval [P2-1, P2-2] corresponding to SSB-2, and the terminal device receives the SSB -3, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-3 belongs to the second value interval [P3-1, P3-2] corresponding to the SSB-3, then the terminal device can determine that its candidate identity in cluster 2 is Candidate cluster head node. The indication information of the cluster member area corresponding to cluster 2 includes SSB-1 and the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] of the RSRP corresponding to SSB-1, and the first value range of the RSRP corresponding to SSB-2 and SSB-2. The value interval [P2-2, P2-3], and the interval relationship "or" that [P1-2, P1-3] and [P2-2, P2-3] should satisfy. That is to say, the terminal device receives SSB-1, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-1 belongs to the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] corresponding to SSB-1, or the terminal device receives SSB-2, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-2 belongs to the first value interval [P2-2, P2-3] corresponding to SSB-2, then the terminal device can determine that its candidate identity in cluster 2 is Candidate cluster member nodes.
相似地,若簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息,通过更多个(两个以上)SSB对应的RSRP取值区间联合指示终端设备的候选身份,则簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息对这更多个SSB对应的RSRP取值区间应满足的区间关系的指示,该区间关系也可以是上述“和”、“或”、“部分和”、“部分或”的关系,在此不再赘述。Similarly, if the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area jointly indicates the candidate identity of the terminal device through the RSRP value interval corresponding to more (two or more) SSBs, then the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area The indication information of the area is an indication of the interval relationship that should be satisfied by the RSRP value intervals corresponding to the more SSBs. , and will not be repeated here.
如表1的第三列所示,第一信息中还可以包括第二值和相应簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块(sidelink synchronized signal block,SL-SSB)的时频码资源。其中,该第二值用于指示组成相应簇的簇头节点的数量上限,该SL-SSB的时频码资源用于指示加入相应簇中的簇头节点广播的SL-SSB的时频位置及所用序列。若终端设备的候选身份为候选簇头节点,则例如可以根据相应簇中已有的簇头节点的数量是否到达所述第二值,确定自身是否能够以簇头节点的身份入簇。若终端设备以簇头节点的身份入簇,则基于该SL-SSB的时频码资源广播SL-SSB,以便接收到簇头节点广播的SL-SSB的候选簇成员节点根据SL-SSB的资源与簇头节点进行同步。As shown in the third column of Table 1, the first information may further include the second value and the time-frequency code of the sidelink synchronized signal block (SL-SSB) sent by the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster resource. The second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes that form the corresponding cluster, and the time-frequency code resource of the SL-SSB is used to indicate the time-frequency position of the SL-SSB broadcast by the cluster head node that joins the corresponding cluster and sequence used. If the candidate identity of the terminal device is the candidate cluster head node, for example, it can determine whether it can join the cluster as the cluster head node according to whether the number of existing cluster head nodes in the corresponding cluster reaches the second value. If the terminal device joins the cluster as the cluster head node, it broadcasts the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB, so that the candidate cluster member nodes of the SL-SSB broadcasted by the cluster head node can broadcast the SL-SSB according to the resources of the SL-SSB. Synchronize with the cluster head node.
若终端设备的候选身份为候选簇成员节点,则可以根据第一信息中指示的SL-SSB的时频码资源,在相应的时频资源上搜索簇头节点发送的SL-SSB,从而自行寻找要加入的簇的簇头节点,并与该簇头节点和/或簇内已有的其它成员节点成簇。其中,簇头节点可以在基于上述时频码资源发送的SL-SSB中携带要向簇成员节点广播的簇信息,也可以在一块通过SL-SSB指示的或与SL-SSB关联的资源中携带其要向簇成员节点的广播的簇信息。该簇信息例如可以包括簇成员节点数量信息和反馈资源,该簇成员节点数量信息可以用于指示相应簇中的簇成员节点的数量是否小于第一值,该第一值用于指示组成相应簇的簇成员节点的数量上限。反馈资源可以用于候选簇成员节点向簇头节点反馈入簇结果信息。若候选簇成员节点接收到相应簇内的簇头节点发送的SL-SSB指示簇中已有的簇成员节点的数量小于该第一值,则表示该簇未满,该候选簇成员节点可以入簇,则可以基于该反馈资源向簇头节点反馈入簇结果信息,用于告知簇头节点入簇成功。反之,则表示该簇已满,该候选簇成员节点入簇失败,则候选簇成员节点也可以基于该反馈资源向簇头节点发送入簇结果信息,用于告知簇头节点入簇失败。也就是说,簇头节点可以通过SL-SSB功能实现与相应簇成员节点的同步+成簇指示。If the candidate identity of the terminal device is a candidate cluster member node, it can search for the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node on the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the time-frequency code resource of the SL-SSB indicated in the first information, so as to find the SL-SSB by itself. The cluster head node of the cluster to be joined, and forms a cluster with the cluster head node and/or other existing member nodes in the cluster. The cluster head node may carry the cluster information to be broadcast to the cluster member nodes in the SL-SSB sent based on the above time-frequency code resources, or may carry the cluster information in a resource indicated by the SL-SSB or associated with the SL-SSB. Cluster information to be broadcast to cluster member nodes. The cluster information may include, for example, information on the number of cluster member nodes and feedback resources, and the information on the number of cluster member nodes may be used to indicate whether the number of cluster member nodes in the corresponding cluster is less than a first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the corresponding cluster is formed The upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes. The feedback resource can be used for the candidate cluster member node to feed back the cluster entry result information to the cluster head node. If the candidate cluster member node receives the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster indicating that the number of existing cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value, it means that the cluster is not full, and the candidate cluster member node can enter the cluster. cluster, the clustering result information can be fed back to the cluster head node based on the feedback resource, so as to inform the cluster head node that the clustering is successful. On the contrary, it means that the cluster is full and the candidate cluster member node fails to join the cluster, then the candidate cluster member node can also send the cluster joining result information to the cluster head node based on the feedback resource to inform the cluster head node that the cluster joining failed. That is to say, the cluster head node can achieve synchronization with the corresponding cluster member node + clustering indication through the SL-SSB function.
由此,处于非连接态的终端设备可以根据第一信息的指示与其它终端设备自行成簇。之后,在簇头节点发起随机接入过程并与网络设备建立RRC连接之后,则可以向网络设备上报簇成员节点的信息,以使网络设备与簇成员节点建立RRC连接,由此实现以簇为单位进行随机接入,降低随机接入碰撞的概率。关于候选簇头节点和候选簇成员节点是否能够以相应的节点身份入簇,将在下文中结合相应的流程图进行说明,在此暂不赘述。Therefore, the terminal device in the disconnected state can form a cluster with other terminal devices by itself according to the instruction of the first information. After that, after the cluster head node initiates the random access process and establishes an RRC connection with the network device, it can report the information of the cluster member nodes to the network device, so that the network device can establish an RRC connection with the cluster member nodes, thereby realizing the cluster as the The unit performs random access to reduce the probability of random access collision. Whether the candidate cluster head node and the candidate cluster member node can join the cluster as the corresponding node identities will be described below with reference to the corresponding flowchart, and will not be repeated here.
示例二Example 2
网络设备可以在向其管理的第一小区的终端设备广播的系统信息中携带第一信息,以指示能够接收到该第一信息且满足相应条件的终端设备,以簇成员节点或者簇头节点的身份加入相应的簇中。其中,一些终端设备(例如可能为候选簇成员节点的终端设备)可以处于非连接态,一些终端设备(例如可能为候选簇头节点的终端设备)可以处于连接态。如果终端设备处于连接态且其候选身份为候选簇头节点,则该终端设备可以由网络设备指示其作为簇内的簇头节点。第一信息可以包括如下表2所示的内容:The network device may carry the first information in the system information broadcast to the terminal devices of the first cell managed by the network device to indicate that the terminal devices that can receive the first information and meet the corresponding conditions, as cluster member nodes or cluster head nodes. The identity is added to the corresponding cluster. Among them, some terminal devices (such as terminal devices that may be candidate cluster member nodes) may be in a disconnected state, and some terminal devices (such as terminal devices that may be candidate cluster head nodes) may be in a connected state. If the terminal device is in a connected state and its candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node, the terminal device may be instructed by the network device to act as a cluster head node in the cluster. The first information may include the content shown in Table 2 below:
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020112653-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020112653-appb-000002
表2与表1相比,关于簇头区域的指示信息是可选的。Compared with Table 1, the indication information about the cluster head area is optional.
具体的,第一信息中可以包括簇头区域的指示信息。若终端设备根据该簇头区域的指示信息确定自身在要加入的簇中的候选身份为候选簇头节点,该终端设备可以发起随机接入过程,以与网络设备建立RRC连接,从而进入RRC连接态。此时,网络设备可以单独指示该终端设备,可以不指示该终端设备作为簇头节点,也可以指示该终端设备作为簇头节点发送指定的SL-SSB,该SL-SSB的时频码资源即为第一信息中指示的SL-SSB的时频码资源。而候选身份为候选簇成员节点的其它终端设备,则可以根据第一信息的指示自行寻找要加入的簇的簇头节点,并与该簇头节点和/或簇内的其它成员节点组成簇。Specifically, the first information may include indication information of the cluster head area. If the terminal device determines that its candidate identity in the cluster to be joined is a candidate cluster head node according to the indication information of the cluster head area, the terminal device can initiate a random access procedure to establish an RRC connection with the network device, thereby entering the RRC connection state. At this time, the network device may individually instruct the terminal device, or may not instruct the terminal device as the cluster head node, or may instruct the terminal device as the cluster head node to send the designated SL-SSB, and the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB are is the time-frequency code resource of the SL-SSB indicated in the first information. Other terminal devices whose candidate identities are candidate cluster member nodes can search for the cluster head node of the cluster to be joined according to the instructions of the first information, and form a cluster with the cluster head node and/or other member nodes in the cluster.
相应地,处于连接态的簇头节点与处于非连接态的簇成员节点组成簇后,还可以向网络设备上报簇成员节点的信息,网络设备可以根据簇头节点上报的簇成员节点的信息,与簇成员节点建立RRC连接,由此实现以簇为单位进行随机接入,降低随机接入碰撞的概率。关于候选簇头节点和候选簇成员节点是否能够以相应的节点身份入簇,将在下文中结合相应的流程图进行说明,在此暂不赘述。Correspondingly, after the cluster head node in the connected state and the cluster member node in the non-connected state form a cluster, the information of the cluster member nodes can also be reported to the network device, and the network device can report the information of the cluster member nodes according to the cluster head node. RRC connections are established with cluster member nodes, thereby implementing random access in units of clusters and reducing the probability of random access collisions. Whether the candidate cluster head node and the candidate cluster member node can join the cluster as the corresponding node identities will be described below with reference to the corresponding flowchart, and will not be repeated here.
示例三Example three
由于蜂窝网中商用的终端设备,通常会搜索到多个小区的SSB广播信息,也可以测量多小区中多个SSB的RSRP。本申请实施例中,网络设备可以在向其管理的第一小区的终端设备广播的系统信息中携带第一信息,该第一信息中包括多小区(例如本小区和邻小区)的SSB及其相应的RSRP取值区间,以指示能够接收到该第一信息且满足相应条件的终端设备,以簇成员节点或者簇头节点的身份加入相应的簇中。第一信息可以包括如下表3所示的内容:Due to the commercial terminal equipment in the cellular network, the SSB broadcast information of multiple cells is usually searched, and the RSRP of multiple SSBs in multiple cells can also be measured. In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may carry the first information in the system information broadcast to the terminal device of the first cell managed by the network device, where the first information includes SSBs of multiple cells (for example, the current cell and neighboring cells) and its The corresponding RSRP value interval is used to indicate that a terminal device that can receive the first information and meets the corresponding condition joins the corresponding cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node. The first information may include the content shown in Table 3 below:
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020112653-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020112653-appb-000003
表3与表1相比,在每个簇对应的簇头区域的指示信息和簇成员区域的指示信息中可以增加关于本小区的邻小区的相关指示信息,例如邻小区的小区标识、邻小区的SSB的索引值及其相应的RSRP取值区间。同时,还可以在表3中第三列,增加关于相应簇的簇头节点所属的小区的小区标识。基于表3所示的第一信息,缩小了簇头节点和对应簇成员节 点所在的区域的范围,使网络侧对非连接态的终端设备的成簇控制更为精细。同时,还可以指示驻留在本小区的终端设备与邻小区的终端设备成簇。Compared with Table 1, in the indication information of the cluster head area and the indication information of the cluster member area corresponding to each cluster, the relevant indication information about the adjacent cells of this cell can be added, such as the cell identifier of the adjacent cell, the adjacent cell The index value of the SSB and its corresponding RSRP value range. Meanwhile, in the third column of Table 3, the cell identifier of the cell to which the cluster head node of the corresponding cluster belongs may also be added. Based on the first information shown in Table 3, the scope of the area where the cluster head node and the corresponding cluster member nodes are located is narrowed, so that the network side can control the clustering of terminal devices in the disconnected state more finely. At the same time, it can also indicate that the terminal equipment residing in the current cell is clustered with the terminal equipment of the neighboring cell.
如表3所示,簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息,包括本小区以及邻小区的SSB的索引值以及对应的RSRP取值区间。其中,表3中簇头区域的“本小区”对应的指示信息,即为表1中的簇头区域的指示信息,表3中簇成员区域的“本小区”对应的指示信息,即为表1中的簇成员区域的指示信息。接收到该第一信息的终端设备,可以根据第一信息中包括的本小区和/或邻小区的一个SSB及其对应的RSRP取值区间指示终端设备的候选身份,也可以通过第一信息中包括的本小区和/或邻小区的两个或更多个SSB分别对应的RSRP取值区间联合指示终端设备的候选身份。簇头区域指示的本小区和/或邻小区的SSB索引与簇成员区域指示的本小区和/或邻小区的SSB索引可以相同、也可以不同、或者不完全相同。本小区和/或邻小区的同一SSB索引对应的第一取值区间与第二取值区间不同或不完全相同。As shown in Table 3, the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area includes the index value of the SSB of the current cell and the neighboring cell and the corresponding RSRP value interval. Among them, the indication information corresponding to "this cell" in the cluster head area in Table 3 is the indication information of the cluster head area in Table 1, and the indication information corresponding to "this cell" in the cluster member area in Table 3 is the indication information in Table 3. Indication information of the cluster member area in 1. The terminal equipment receiving the first information can indicate the candidate identity of the terminal equipment according to an SSB of the own cell and/or a neighboring cell included in the first information and its corresponding RSRP value interval, or can also use the information in the first information to indicate the candidate identity of the terminal equipment. The included RSRP value intervals corresponding to two or more SSBs of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell jointly indicate the candidate identity of the terminal device. The SSB index of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell indicated by the cluster head area and the SSB index of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell indicated by the cluster member area may be the same, may be different, or not exactly the same. The first value interval and the second value interval corresponding to the same SSB index of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell are different or not completely the same.
需要说明的是,表3中相应簇对应的簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息,通过本小区和/或邻小区的一个或多个SSB分别对应的RSRP取值区间指示终端设备的候选身份。其中,簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息,还可以包括对本小区和/或邻小区的一个或多个SSB分别对应的RSRP取值区间应满足的区间关系的指示,即指示上述多个RSRP取值区间可以是“和”的关系,即同时满足全部条件;也可以是“或”的关系,即满足全部条件中的一个条件;还可以是“部分和”的关系,即同时满足全部条件中的部分条件/多个条件;还可以是“部分或”的关系,即满足部分条件中的一个条件等。其中,上述区间关系可以是显性地指示,如在第一信息中的相关字段中明确指示;该关系也可以是隐性地指示,如默认为是“和”的关系,本申请对此实现不做限定。在实际应用中,网络设备可以根据应用场景或者业务需求或者其它需求在第一信息中指示本小区与邻小区的SSB对应的RSRP取值区间的区间关系或者指示本小区和/或邻小区的不同SSB分别对应的RSRP取值区间的区间关系,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area corresponding to the corresponding cluster in Table 3 indicates the terminal equipment's status through the RSRP value interval corresponding to one or more SSBs of the current cell and/or the adjacent cell. candidacy. The indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area may also include an indication of the interval relationship that should be satisfied by the RSRP value intervals corresponding to one or more SSBs of the current cell and/or the adjacent cell, that is, indicating the above-mentioned multiple Each RSRP value interval can be an "and" relationship, that is, all conditions are satisfied at the same time; it can also be an "or" relationship, that is, one of all the conditions is satisfied; it can also be a "partial sum" relationship, that is, it is simultaneously satisfied. Part of the conditions/multiple conditions of all conditions; it can also be a "partial OR" relationship, that is, one of the partial conditions is satisfied, etc. The above interval relationship may be explicitly indicated, such as explicitly indicated in the relevant field in the first information; the relationship may also be implicitly indicated, for example, the default is an "and" relationship, which is implemented in this application. Not limited. In practical applications, the network device may indicate, in the first information, the interval relationship between the RSRP value intervals corresponding to the SSBs of the current cell and the neighboring cells, or indicate the difference between the current cell and/or the neighboring cells according to the application scenario, service requirements, or other requirements. The interval relationship between the RSRP value intervals corresponding to the SSBs is not limited in this application.
以表3中簇1为例,簇1对应的簇头区域的指示信息,包括本小区的SSB-1和SSB-1对应的RSRP的第二取值区间[P1-1,P1-2]、邻小区的小区标识(cell ID-1)以及邻小区的SSB-n和SSB-n对应的RSRP的第二取值区间[Pn-1’,Pn-2’]。未显性地指示本小区与邻小区的SSB的测量结果应满足的关系,即可认为默认两者是“和”的关系。即表示,终端设备接收到本小区的SSB-1,测量SSB-1得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-1对应的第二取值区间[P1-1,P1-2],并且,终端设备接收到邻小区Cell ID-1的SSB-n,测量该SSB-n得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-n对应的第二取值区间[Pn-1’,Pn-2’]时,则终端设备方可确定其在簇1中的候选身份为候选簇头节点。Taking cluster 1 in Table 3 as an example, the indication information of the cluster head area corresponding to cluster 1 includes the second value interval [P1-1, P1-2] of the RSRP corresponding to SSB-1 and SSB-1 of this cell, The cell ID (cell ID-1) of the neighboring cell and the second value interval [Pn-1', Pn-2'] of the RSRP corresponding to the SSB-n and SSB-n of the neighboring cell. If the relationship that the SSB measurement results of the current cell and the neighboring cell should satisfy is not explicitly indicated, it can be considered that the relationship between the two is "and" by default. That is to say, the terminal equipment receives the SSB-1 of the cell, the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring SSB-1 belongs to the second value interval [P1-1, P1-2] corresponding to SSB-1, and the terminal equipment receives The SSB-n of the neighboring cell Cell ID-1, when the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-n belongs to the second value interval [Pn-1', Pn-2'] corresponding to the SSB-n, the terminal equipment can Determine its candidate status in cluster 1 as the candidate cluster head node.
相似地,表2中簇1对应的簇成员区域的指示信息包括本小区的SSB-1和SSB-1对应的RSRP的第一取值区间[P1-2,P1-3]、邻小区的小区标识(cell ID-1)以及邻小区的SSB-n和SSB-n对应的RSRP的第一取值区间[Pn-2’,Pn-3’]、邻小区的小区标识(cell ID-2)以及邻小区的SSB-m和SSB-m对应的RSRP的第一取值区间[Pm-2”,Pm-3”],以及cell ID-1的SSB的RSRP取值区间和cell ID-2的SSB的RSRP取值区间的区间关系“和”。即可表示,终端设备接收到本小区的SSB-1,测量该SSB-1得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-1对应的第一取值区间[P1-2,P1-3],和,终端设备接收到邻小区Cell ID-1的SSB-n,测量该SSB-n得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-n对应的第一取值区间[Pn-2’,Pn-3’],和,终端设备接收 到邻小区Cell ID-2的SSB-m,测量该SSB-m得到的RSRP测量值属于SSB-m对应的第一取值区间[Pm-2”,Pm-3”],则终端设备方可确定其在簇1中的候选身份为候选簇头节点。Similarly, the indication information of the cluster member area corresponding to cluster 1 in Table 2 includes the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] of the RSRP corresponding to SSB-1 and SSB-1 of this cell, and the cells of neighboring cells. Identity (cell ID-1) and the first value interval [Pn-2', Pn-3'] of the RSRP corresponding to the SSB-n and SSB-n of the adjacent cell, and the cell identity of the adjacent cell (cell ID-2) And the first value interval [Pm-2", Pm-3"] of the RSRP corresponding to the SSB-m and SSB-m of the adjacent cell, and the RSRP value interval of the SSB of the cell ID-1 and the value of the cell ID-2 The interval relationship "sum" of the RSRP value interval of the SSB. That is to say, the terminal equipment receives the SSB-1 of the cell, and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-1 belongs to the first value interval [P1-2, P1-3] corresponding to the SSB-1, and the terminal equipment After receiving the SSB-n of the neighboring cell Cell ID-1, the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-n belongs to the first value interval [Pn-2', Pn-3'] corresponding to the SSB-n, and the terminal equipment After receiving the SSB-m of the neighboring cell Cell ID-2, the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring the SSB-m belongs to the first value interval [Pm-2", Pm-3"] corresponding to the SSB-m, then the terminal equipment side It can be determined that its candidate status in cluster 1 is a candidate cluster head node.
以表3中簇2为例,在第一信息中,若簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息,仅通过本小区的SSB及其对应的RSRP取值区间指示终端设备的候选身份,关于终端设备如何根据指示信息确定自身的候选身份,可参阅上文结合表1的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Taking cluster 2 in Table 3 as an example, in the first information, if the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area only indicates the candidate identity of the terminal equipment through the SSB of the cell and its corresponding RSRP value interval, As for how the terminal device determines its own candidate identity according to the indication information, reference may be made to the relevant description in conjunction with Table 1 above, and details are not repeated here.
终端设备可以通过对本小区和/或邻小区的SSB的测量结果,与第一信息中簇头区域和/或簇成员区域的指示信息进行匹配,以确定其在相应簇中的候选身份。匹配方式与上文结合表1的介绍相同或相似,详细细节可参阅上文的相关描述,在此不再赘述。The terminal device can determine its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster by matching the measurement result of the SSB of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell with the indication information of the cluster head area and/or the cluster member area in the first information. The matching method is the same as or similar to that described above in conjunction with Table 1. For details, please refer to the relevant description above, which will not be repeated here.
如表3的第三列所示,第一信息中还可以包括相应簇内的簇头节点所属的小区的小区标识、第二值和相应簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源。其中,该第二值用于指示组成相应簇的簇头节点的数量上限,该SL-SSB的时频码资源用于指示加入相应簇中的簇头节点广播的SL-SSB时频位置及所用序列。若终端设备根据簇头区域的指示信息确定自身的候选身份为候选簇头节点,则可以根据第一信息中指示的簇头节点对应的小区标识,进一步确定自身是否可以作为簇头节点入簇。或者,若终端设备的候选身份为簇头节点,也可以根据相应簇中簇头节点的数量是否到达所述第一值,确定自身是否能够以簇头节点的身份入簇。若终端设备以簇头节点的身份入簇,则基于该SL-SSB的时频码资源广播SL-SSB,以便接收到簇头节点广播的SL-SSB的候选簇成员节点根据SL-SSB与该簇头节点进行同步和/或组成簇。As shown in the third column of Table 3, the first information may further include the cell identifier of the cell to which the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster belongs, the second value, and the sidelink synchronization signal block sent by the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster Time-frequency code resources of SL-SSB. Wherein, the second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes forming the corresponding cluster, and the time-frequency code resource of the SL-SSB is used to indicate the time-frequency position of the SL-SSB broadcast by the cluster head node that joins the corresponding cluster and the used sequence. If the terminal device determines that its candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node according to the indication information of the cluster head area, it can further determine whether it can join the cluster as a cluster head node according to the cell identifier corresponding to the cluster head node indicated in the first information. Alternatively, if the candidate identity of the terminal device is the cluster head node, it can also determine whether it can join the cluster as the cluster head node according to whether the number of the cluster head nodes in the corresponding cluster reaches the first value. If the terminal device joins the cluster as the cluster head node, it broadcasts the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB, so that the candidate cluster member nodes that receive the SL-SSB broadcast by the cluster head node according to the SL-SSB and the Cluster head nodes synchronize and/or form clusters.
与表1的描述相似,若终端设备的候选身份为候选簇成员节点,则可以根据第一信息中指示的SL-SSB的时频码资源,在相应的时频资源上搜索簇头节点发送的SL-SSB,从而自行寻找要加入的簇的簇头节点,并与该簇头节点和/或簇内已有的其它成员节点成簇。相关描述也可参见上文结合表1的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Similar to the description in Table 1, if the candidate identity of the terminal device is a candidate cluster member node, then according to the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB indicated in the first information, the corresponding time-frequency resources can be searched for the information sent by the cluster head node. SL-SSB, so as to find the cluster head node of the cluster to be added by itself, and form a cluster with the cluster head node and/or other existing member nodes in the cluster. For related descriptions, reference may also be made to the related descriptions in conjunction with Table 1 above, which will not be repeated here.
由此,根据第一信息的指示,驻留在本小区的终端设备可以与本小区的簇头节点组成一簇,也可以与邻小区的簇头节点组成一簇,驻留在本小区的终端设备也可以作为簇头节点与邻小区的簇成员节点组成一簇,成簇方式更为灵活,网络设备对终端设备的成簇控制也更为精细。关于候选簇头节点和候选簇成员节点是否能够以相应的节点身份入簇,将在下文中结合相应的流程图进行说明,在此暂不赘述。Therefore, according to the indication of the first information, the terminal equipment residing in the cell can form a cluster with the cluster head node of the cell, or form a cluster with the cluster head node of the adjacent cell, and the terminal equipment residing in the cell can form a cluster. The device can also be used as a cluster head node to form a cluster with the cluster member nodes of the neighboring cells. The clustering method is more flexible, and the network device can control the clustering of the terminal device more finely. Whether the candidate cluster head node and the candidate cluster member node can join the cluster as the corresponding node identities will be described below with reference to the corresponding flowchart, and will not be repeated here.
示例四Example four
终端设备可以处于非连接态,网络设备可以在向终端设备广播的系统信息中携带第一信息,以指示能够接收到该第一信息的终端设备,以簇成员节点的身份与指定簇头节点组成簇。第一信息可以包括如下表4所示的内容:The terminal device can be in a disconnected state, and the network device can carry the first information in the system information broadcast to the terminal device to indicate the terminal device that can receive the first information, and is composed of the cluster member node and the designated cluster head node. cluster. The first information may include the content shown in Table 4 below:
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2020112653-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020112653-appb-000004
表4与表1-表3相比,第一信息中不包括簇头区域的指示信息,而由网络设备指示处于连接态的终端设备作为簇头节点发送指定的SL-SSB。第一信息中包括每个簇对应的簇 成员区域的指示信息,以及指定簇头节点的指示信息。若终端设备的候选身份为候选簇成员节点,则可以根据第一信息中指示的SL-SSB的时频码资源自行寻找指定簇头节点,并与该指定簇头节点和/或簇内的其它成员节点组成簇。具体可参见上文的相关描述,在此不再赘述。关于候选簇成员的终端入簇将在下文中结合相应的流程图进行说明,在此暂不赘述。Compared with Table 1-Table 3, the first information does not include the indication information of the cluster head area, and the terminal equipment in the connected state is instructed by the network device to send the designated SL-SSB as the cluster head node. The first information includes indication information of the cluster member area corresponding to each cluster, and indication information of the designated cluster head node. If the candidate identity of the terminal device is a candidate cluster member node, it can search for the designated cluster head node by itself according to the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB indicated in the first information, and communicate with the designated cluster head node and/or other nodes in the cluster. Member nodes form clusters. For details, refer to the above related description, which is not repeated here. The clustering of the terminal of the candidate cluster member will be described below with reference to the corresponding flowchart, and will not be repeated here.
应理解的是,在表4所示的实施例中,是通过网络设备广播的第一信息指示终端设备作为候选簇成员与指定簇头节点自行成簇的一个示例,在此,对于簇头节点的入簇方式不做限定,簇头节点可以是在非连接态下响应于表1或表2的第一信息确定自身候选身份为候选簇头节点后在满足相应的成簇条件后入簇的,也可以是在连接态下接收网络设备发送的簇头指示信息入簇的,本申请对此不做限定。并且,指定簇头节点的指示信息,可以指示本小区和/或邻小区的簇头节点及其发送的SL-SSB的时频码资源,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment shown in Table 4, it is an example in which the first information broadcast by the network device instructs the terminal device to form a cluster with the designated cluster head node as a candidate cluster member. Here, for the cluster head node The clustering method is not limited, and the cluster head node can be the one that joins the cluster after satisfying the corresponding clustering conditions after determining its own candidate identity as the candidate cluster head node in response to the first information in Table 1 or Table 2 in the non-connected state. , or the cluster head indication information sent by the network device may be received into the cluster in the connected state, which is not limited in this application. In addition, the indication information of the designated cluster head node may indicate the cluster head node of the current cell and/or the neighboring cell and the time-frequency code resources of the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node, which is not limited in this application.
由此,通过上述结合表1和表4的示例对第一信息的内容进行了详细说明,终端设备处于非连接态时,可以根据网络设备广播的第一信息的指示确定候选身份,并与其它终端设备自行成簇,简化了成簇流程,减少了终端成簇过程的信令和能耗开销。同时,由于第一信息可以是网络设备根据历史成簇信息生成的,因此各终端设备基于第一信息组成簇后与网络侧通信效果更加理想。Therefore, the content of the first information is described in detail through the above examples in conjunction with Table 1 and Table 4. When the terminal device is in a disconnected state, the candidate identity can be determined according to the indication of the first information broadcast by the network device, and it can be used with other The terminal devices form clusters by themselves, which simplifies the clustering process and reduces the signaling and energy consumption overhead of the terminal clustering process. Meanwhile, since the first information may be generated by the network device according to the historical clustering information, the communication effect with the network side after each terminal device forms a cluster based on the first information is more ideal.
在一种可能的设计中,为了实现网络设备对终端成簇的控制更为精细,当终端设备确定其候选身份为候选簇头节点或者候选簇成员节点后,还可以通过确定自身是否满足候选簇成员节点对应的第一成簇条件,或者候选簇头节点对应的第二成簇条件,来确定自身是否可以以簇成员节点或者簇头节点的身份加入簇。作为示例,第一成簇条件、第二成簇条件可以分别包括关于组成簇的簇成员节点、簇头节点的数量上限的条件,例如,第一成簇条件包括:簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于或等于第一值,该第一值用于指示所述簇的簇成员节点的数量上限;第二成簇条件包括:簇中的簇头节点的数量小于或等于第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述簇中的簇头节点的数量上限。而候选簇成员节点判断是否满足第一成簇条件、候选簇头节点判断是否满足第二成簇条件,具体可以有多种实现,本申请对此不做限定。In a possible design, in order to achieve more refined control of terminal clustering by network devices, after the terminal device determines that its candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node or candidate cluster member node, it can also determine whether it satisfies the candidate cluster by determining whether it satisfies the candidate cluster. The first clustering condition corresponding to the member node or the second clustering condition corresponding to the candidate cluster head node is used to determine whether it can join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node. As an example, the first clustering condition and the second clustering condition may respectively include conditions on the upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes and cluster head nodes that form a cluster. For example, the first clustering condition includes: The number is less than or equal to the first value, the first value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster; the second clustering condition includes: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to the second value, the The second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster. The candidate cluster member node judges whether the first clustering condition is met, and the candidate cluster head node judges whether the second clustering condition is met. There may be various implementations, which are not limited in this application.
在一个示例中,第一信息可以包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源。终端设备满足所述第一成簇条件,可以包括:所述终端设备根据基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB获取到的簇成员节点数量信息指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,其中,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB中,和/或,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB指示的预定资源中。In an example, the first information may include time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster. The terminal device meeting the first clustering condition may include: the terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than The first value, wherein the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or, the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the time-frequency-based In the predetermined resource indicated by the SL-SSB of the code resource.
在一个示例中,第一信息可以包括所述第二值和所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源。终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,可以包括:所述终端设备接收到的基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB的数量小于所述第二值。In one example, the first information may include the second value and time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster. The terminal device satisfying the second clustering condition may include: the number of SL-SSBs based on the time-frequency code resource received by the terminal device is less than the second value.
在一个示例中,第一信息可以包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,可以包括:所述终端设备接收到所述网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,其中,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。In an example, the first information may include the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; and the terminal device satisfies the second clustering condition and may include : The terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
在一个示例中,当所述终端设备为候选簇头节点且不满足所述第二成簇条件时,所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,以簇头节点或簇成员节点的身份加入簇,还可以包括:所述终端设备在满足所述第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇;或者所述终端设备向所述簇中的簇头节点发送第一请求,所述第一请求中携带所述指定参数的测量值,用于请求与所述簇头节点交换节点身份,以簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。In an example, when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and does not meet the second clustering condition, the terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster head node or a cluster member node according to the first information , may also include: when the terminal device satisfies the first clustering condition, joins the cluster as the cluster member node; or the terminal device sends the first cluster head node to the cluster head node. The first request carries the measurement value of the specified parameter, and is used to request to exchange node identities with the cluster head node and join the cluster as the cluster head node.
在一个示例中,终端设备为簇头节点时,可以基于第一信息中指示的时频码资源发送指定的SL-SSB。终端设备为簇成员节点时,可以基于簇头节点发送的指定SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源,向所述簇头节点发送入簇结果信息。In an example, when the terminal device is a cluster head node, the designated SL-SSB may be sent based on the time-frequency code resource indicated in the first information. When the terminal device is a cluster member node, it may send the cluster entry result information to the cluster head node based on the feedback resources carried in the designated SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node.
为了便于理解,下面结合图4-图6的方法流程图进行举例说明。For ease of understanding, the following descriptions are given with reference to the flowcharts of the methods in FIGS. 4 to 6 .
参阅图4,以指定参数为RSRP,以及终端设备通过搜索SSB测量RSRP的方式为例,介绍终端设备处于非连接态,且其候选身份为候选簇成员节点时的成簇流程的相关细节。其中,为了便于分区,在图4及其相关描述中以终端设备1指代该候选身份为候选簇成员节点的终端设备。Referring to FIG. 4 , taking the specified parameter as RSRP and the way that the terminal device measures RSRP by searching SSB as an example, the relevant details of the clustering process when the terminal device is in a disconnected state and its candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node are introduced. Wherein, in order to facilitate partitioning, in FIG. 4 and related descriptions, terminal device 1 refers to the terminal device whose candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node.
如图4所示,终端设备1的成簇流程可以包括:As shown in Figure 4, the clustering process of the terminal device 1 may include:
S401:终端设备1搜索SSB,测量搜索到的一个或多个SSB的RSRP。其中,该一个或多个SSB可以属于同一个小区,也可以属于不同的小区。S401: The terminal device 1 searches for an SSB, and measures the RSRP of the searched one or more SSBs. The one or more SSBs may belong to the same cell, or may belong to different cells.
S402:终端设备1接收网络设备发送的第一信息。S402: The terminal device 1 receives the first information sent by the network device.
该第一信息可以包括上述表1-表4中任一表所示的内容。以表3为例,该第一信息中例如包括:第一条件,用于指示候选簇成员节点所在的第一区域,具体包括指示候选簇成员节点对应的:第一小区(本小区)和/或第二小区(第一小区的邻小区)的SSB的索引值以及各SSB分别对应的第一子区间、不同第一子区间之间应满足的第一区间关系、第二小区的小区标识;第二条件,用于指示候选簇头节点所在的第二区域,具体包括指示候选簇头节点对应的:第一小区(本小区)和/或第二小区(第一小区的邻小区)的SSB的索引值以及各SSB分别对应的第二子区间、不同第二子区间之间应满足的第二区间关系、第二小区的小区标识;第二值,用于指示组成相应簇的簇头节点的数量上限;相应簇中簇头节点发送的SL-SSB的时频码资源等。具体可以参见上文结合表1-表4的相关描述,在此不再赘述。The first information may include the content shown in any one of Table 1 to Table 4 above. Taking Table 3 as an example, the first information, for example, includes: a first condition, which is used to indicate the first area where the candidate cluster member node is located, and specifically includes indicating that the candidate cluster member node corresponds to: the first cell (this cell) and/ Or the index value of the SSB of the second cell (neighboring cell of the first cell) and the first sub-interval corresponding to each SSB, the first interval relationship that should be satisfied between different first sub-intervals, and the cell identifier of the second cell; The second condition is used to indicate the second area where the candidate cluster head node is located, specifically including the SSB corresponding to the candidate cluster head node: the first cell (this cell) and/or the second cell (the adjacent cell of the first cell) The index value of , the second sub-interval corresponding to each SSB, the second interval relationship that should be satisfied between different second sub-intervals, and the cell identifier of the second cell; the second value is used to indicate the cluster head node that forms the corresponding cluster The upper limit of the number of SL-SSBs sent by the cluster head node in the corresponding cluster, etc. For details, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in conjunction with Table 1 to Table 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,S401和S402仅示意性表示该终端设备成簇方法可以包括该步骤,并不对S401与S402的执行的先后顺序做限制。在实际应用中,也可以是先执行S402后执行S401,还可以是同时执行S401和S402。在一些实施例中,终端设备1也可以是响应于接收到第一信息后启动搜索SSB和测量搜索到的SSB的RSRP的过程,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, S401 and S402 only schematically indicate that the terminal device clustering method may include this step, and do not limit the execution sequence of S401 and S402. In practical applications, S402 may be performed first and then S401 may be performed, or S401 and S402 may be performed simultaneously. In some embodiments, the terminal device 1 may also start the process of searching for the SSB and measuring the RSRP of the searched SSB in response to receiving the first information, which will not be repeated here.
S403:终端设备1根据第一信息以及测量一个或多个SSB得到的RSRP测量值,确定自身在相应簇中的候选身份为候选簇成员节点。S403: The terminal device 1 determines, according to the first information and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring one or more SSBs, that its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster is a candidate cluster member node.
在一个示例中,S403具体可以为:终端设备1根据RSRP的测量值属于第一取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点。其中,若第一取值区间包括至少两个第一子区间,则终端设备1还可以根据测量至少两个SSB得到的测量值属于相应的第一子区间,以及第一条件显性或隐性地指示的该至少两个第一子区间对应的第一区间关系,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点。具体可以参见上文结合表1-表4的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In an example, S403 may specifically be: the terminal device 1 determines that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node according to the RSRP measurement value belonging to the first value interval. Wherein, if the first value interval includes at least two first sub-intervals, the terminal device 1 may also belong to the corresponding first sub-interval according to the measurement value obtained by measuring at least two SSBs, and the first condition is dominant or recessive. The first interval relationship corresponding to the at least two first sub-intervals indicated by the ground is determined, and the candidate identity is determined as a candidate cluster member node. For details, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in conjunction with Table 1 to Table 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
以上述表1中簇1为例,若终端设备1搜索到SSB-1且测量SSB-1的RSRP测量值为P1-y,且P1-2<P1-y<P1-3,则终端设备1确定自身在簇1中的候选身份为候选簇成员节 点。Taking cluster 1 in Table 1 above as an example, if terminal device 1 searches for SSB-1 and measures the RSRP measurement value of SSB-1 as P1-y, and P1-2<P1-y<P1-3, then terminal device 1 Determine its candidate status in cluster 1 as a candidate cluster member node.
S404:终端设备1根据第一信息指示的时频码资源,在指定的时频位置上搜索指定的SL-SSB。S404: The terminal device 1 searches for the specified SL-SSB at the specified time-frequency position according to the time-frequency code resource indicated by the first information.
以上述表1中簇1为例,簇1所在行的指示为:测量SSB-1得到的RSRP测量值在[P1-2,P1-3]范围内的终端设备,作为候选簇成员节点,且该簇中簇头节点发送的广播信息为SL-SSB-1,且指示了SL-SSB-1的时频资源。因此,终端设备1确定自身在簇1中的候选身份为候选簇成员节点后,根据表1中为簇1指定的SL-SSB-1时频位置上搜索SL-SSB-1。Taking cluster 1 in the above Table 1 as an example, the indication of the row where cluster 1 is located is: the terminal equipment whose RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring SSB-1 is in the range of [P1-2, P1-3] is regarded as a candidate cluster member node, and The broadcast information sent by the cluster head node in the cluster is SL-SSB-1, and indicates the time-frequency resource of SL-SSB-1. Therefore, after the terminal device 1 determines that its candidate identity in cluster 1 is a candidate cluster member node, it searches for SL-SSB-1 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-1 specified for cluster 1 in Table 1.
该SL-SSB-1中(或该SL-SSB-1指示的另一块资源中)可以包括簇头节点要向簇成员节点广播的簇信息,例如簇成员节点数量信息,该簇成员节点数量信息可以用于指示相应簇中的簇成员节点的数量是否小于第一值,第一值用于指示簇的簇成员节点的数量上限。具体可以为以下任一形式:当前簇成员节点的数量-可接纳簇成员节点的最大数量、当前是否允许候选簇成员节点入簇等。The SL-SSB-1 (or another resource indicated by the SL-SSB-1) may include cluster information to be broadcast by the cluster head node to the cluster member nodes, such as information on the number of cluster member nodes, the information on the number of the cluster member nodes It can be used to indicate whether the number of cluster member nodes in the corresponding cluster is less than the first value, and the first value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster. Specifically, it can be in any of the following forms: the number of current cluster member nodes - the maximum number of acceptable cluster member nodes, whether the candidate cluster member nodes are currently allowed to join the cluster, and the like.
S405:终端设备1根据接收到的指定的SL-SSB,判断是否满足第一成簇条件。即,判断当前要加入的簇中的簇成员节点的数量是否达到允许的数量上限,即第一值。S405: The terminal device 1 determines whether the first clustering condition is satisfied according to the received designated SL-SSB. That is, it is determined whether the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster to be added currently reaches the upper limit of the allowable number, that is, the first value.
在一个示例中,该终端设备1可以根据基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB获取到的簇成员节点数量信息是否指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,来确定是否满足第一成簇条件。其中,所述簇成员节点数量信息可以包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB中,和/或,所述簇成员节点数量信息可以包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB指示的预定资源中。In an example, the terminal device 1 can determine whether the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to whether the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained based on the SL-SSB of the time-frequency code resource indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value. It is determined whether the first clustering condition is satisfied. The information on the number of cluster member nodes may be included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resources, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes may be included in all the information on the number of cluster member nodes based on the time-frequency code resources. in the predetermined resource indicated by the SL-SSB.
若簇成员节点数量信息指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,则表示终端设备1满足第一成簇条件,可以以簇成员节点的身份入簇,进入S406。If the information on the number of cluster member nodes indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value, it means that the terminal device 1 satisfies the first clustering condition and can join the cluster as a cluster member node, and the process goes to S406.
若簇成员节点数量信息未指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,则表示终端设备1不满足第一成簇条件,不可以以簇成员节点的身份入簇,进入S407。If the information on the number of cluster member nodes does not indicate that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value, it means that the terminal device 1 does not meet the first clustering condition and cannot enter the cluster as a cluster member node. S407.
S406:终端设备1根据指定的SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源,向簇内的簇头节点发送入簇结果信息,用于向簇头节点告知入簇成功。S406: The terminal device 1 sends the cluster joining result information to the cluster head node in the cluster according to the feedback resource carried in the designated SL-SSB, so as to inform the cluster head node that the cluster joining is successful.
S407:终端设备1根据指定的SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源,向簇内的簇头节点发送入簇结果信息,用于向簇头节点告知入簇失败。S407: The terminal device 1 sends the cluster joining result information to the cluster head node in the cluster according to the feedback resource carried in the designated SL-SSB, so as to notify the cluster head node of the failure to join the cluster.
之后,若簇头节点发起随机接入过程而进入连接态,则可以向网络设备上报已经成功入簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息,还可以向网络设备上报入簇失败的终端设备的信息。网络设备则可以根据簇头节点上报的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息更新成簇信息,以便之后基于历史成簇信息或者入簇失败信息,调整对其覆盖范围或其管理范围内的海量终端设备的分簇,以进一步优化终端设备成簇后的通信效果。After that, if the cluster head node initiates the random access process and enters the connected state, it can report the information of the cluster head node and/or cluster member node that has successfully joined the cluster to the network device, and can also report the terminal that failed to join the cluster to the network device. device information. The network device can update the clustering information according to the information of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member nodes reported by the cluster head node, so as to adjust the coverage or management range of the clustering information based on the historical clustering information or the clustering failure information. Clustering a large number of terminal devices to further optimize the communication effect after the terminal devices are clustered.
参阅图5,以指定参数为RSRP,以及终端设备通过搜索SSB测量RSRP的方式为例,介绍终端设备处于非连接态,且其候选身份为候选簇头节点时的成簇流程的相关细节。其中,为了便于分区,在图5及其相关描述中以终端设备2指代该候选身份为候选簇头节点且处于非连接态的终端设备。Referring to FIG. 5 , taking the specified parameter as RSRP and the way that the terminal device measures RSRP by searching SSB as an example, the relevant details of the clustering process when the terminal device is in a disconnected state and its candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node are introduced. Wherein, in order to facilitate partitioning, in FIG. 5 and related descriptions, the terminal device 2 refers to the terminal device whose candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node and is in a disconnected state.
如图5所示,终端设备2的成簇流程可以包括:As shown in Figure 5, the clustering process of the terminal device 2 may include:
S501:终端设备2搜索SSB,测量搜索到的一个或多个SSB的RSRP。其中,该一个或多个SSB可以属于同一个小区,也可以属于不同的小区。S501: The terminal device 2 searches for the SSB, and measures the RSRP of the searched one or more SSBs. The one or more SSBs may belong to the same cell, or may belong to different cells.
S502:终端设备2接收网络设备发送的第一信息。S502: The terminal device 2 receives the first information sent by the network device.
该第一信息可以包括上述表1-表4中任一表所示的内容。具体可以参见上文结合表1-表4以及图4的相关描述,在此不再赘述。The first information may include the content shown in any one of Table 1 to Table 4 above. For details, reference may be made to the above related descriptions in conjunction with Table 1 to Table 4 and FIG. 4 , which will not be repeated here.
S503:终端设备2根据第一信息以及测量一个或多个SSB得到的RSRP测量值,确定自身在相应簇中的候选身份为候选簇头节点。S503: The terminal device 2 determines, according to the first information and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring one or more SSBs, that its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster is a candidate cluster head node.
在一个示例中,S503具体可以为:终端设备2根据RSRP的测量值属于第二取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇头节点。其中,若第二取值区间包括至少两个第二子区间,则终端设备2还可以根据测量至少两个SSB得到的测量值属于相应的第二子区间,以及第二条件显性或隐性地指示的该至少两个第二子区间对应的第二区间关系,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点。具体可以参见上文结合表1-表4的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In an example, S503 may specifically be: the terminal device 2 determines that the candidate identity is the candidate cluster head node according to the RSRP measurement value belonging to the second value interval. Wherein, if the second value interval includes at least two second sub-intervals, the terminal device 2 may also belong to the corresponding second sub-interval according to the measurement value obtained by measuring at least two SSBs, and the second condition is dominant or recessive. The second interval relationship corresponding to the at least two second sub-intervals indicated by the ground is determined, and the candidate identity is determined as a candidate cluster member node. For details, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in conjunction with Table 1 to Table 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
以上述表1中簇1为例,若终端设备2搜索到SSB-1且测量SSB-1的RSRP测量值为P1-x,且P1-1<P1-x<P1-2,则终端设备2确定自身在簇1中的候选身份为候选簇头节点。Taking cluster 1 in Table 1 above as an example, if terminal device 2 searches for SSB-1 and measures the RSRP measurement value of SSB-1 as P1-x, and P1-1<P1-x<P1-2, then terminal device 2 Determine its candidate identity in cluster 1 as a candidate cluster head node.
S504:终端设备2根据第一信息指示的时频码资源,在指定的时频位置上搜索指定的SL-SSB。S504: The terminal device 2 searches for the specified SL-SSB at the specified time-frequency position according to the time-frequency code resource indicated by the first information.
以上述表1中簇1为例,簇1所在行的指示为:测量SSB-1得到的RSRP测量值在[P1-1,P1-2]范围内的终端设备,作为候选簇成员节点,且该簇中簇头节点发送的广播信息为SL-SSB-1,且指示了SL-SSB-1的时频资源。因此,终端设备2确定自身在簇1中的候选身份为候选簇头节点后,根据表1中为簇1指定的SL-SSB-1时频位置上搜索SL-SSB-1。Taking cluster 1 in Table 1 above as an example, the indication of the row where cluster 1 is located is: the terminal equipment whose RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring SSB-1 is in the range of [P1-1, P1-2] is regarded as a candidate cluster member node, and The broadcast information sent by the cluster head node in the cluster is SL-SSB-1, and indicates the time-frequency resource of SL-SSB-1. Therefore, after the terminal device 2 determines that its candidate identity in cluster 1 is a candidate cluster head node, it searches for SL-SSB-1 according to the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-1 specified for cluster 1 in Table 1.
S505:终端设备2根据接收到的指定的SL-SSB的数量,判断是否满足第二成簇条件。即,判断当前要加入的簇中的簇头节点的数量是否达到允许的数量上限,即第二值。S505: The terminal device 2 determines whether the second clustering condition is satisfied according to the received number of designated SL-SSBs. That is, it is judged whether the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster to be added currently reaches the upper limit of the allowable number, that is, the second value.
若终端设备2不满足第二成簇条件,则无法以簇头节点的身份入簇,进入S506a或S506b。If the terminal device 2 does not meet the second clustering condition, it cannot join the cluster as the cluster head node, and the process goes to S506a or S506b.
若终端设备2满足第二成簇条件,可以以簇头节点的身份入簇,进入S507。If the terminal device 2 satisfies the second clustering condition, it can join the cluster as the cluster head node, and the process goes to S507.
S506a:终端设备2可以作为候选簇成员节点,在确定满足第一成簇条件时,以簇成员的身份加入簇。详见上文结合图4的相关描述,在此不再赘述。S506a: The terminal device 2 can be used as a candidate cluster member node, and joins the cluster as a cluster member when it is determined that the first clustering condition is satisfied. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in conjunction with FIG. 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
S506b:终端设备2仍希望作为簇头节点,可以向簇中的簇头节点发送第一请求,该第一请求中携带终端设备2测量得到的一个或多个SSB的RSRP测量值,用于请求与所述簇头节点交换节点身份,并以簇头节点的身份加入簇。终端设备2仍希望作为簇头节点的情形例如可以包括:终端设备2自身的能力较强(例如芯片处理能力较强、天线数量较多,最大工作带宽较宽等),或者自身电量充足等。簇内的已有簇头节点可以根据终端设备2发送的一个或多个SSB的RSRP测量值或者其它参数与自身进行比较,若簇头节点认为终端设备2的参数更利于成簇通信,则簇头节点可以将已入簇的簇成员节点的信息发送给终端设备2,并由终端设备2作为新的簇头节点发送指定的SL-SSB,原簇头节点则成为新的簇成员节点,由此,实现身份交换。S506b: The terminal device 2 still wishes to act as the cluster head node, and can send a first request to the cluster head node in the cluster, where the first request carries the RSRP measurement values of one or more SSBs measured by the terminal device 2, and is used to request Exchange node identities with the cluster head node, and join the cluster as the cluster head node. The situation where the terminal device 2 still wishes to act as a cluster head node may include, for example: the terminal device 2 has strong capabilities (eg, strong chip processing capability, more antennas, wider maximum operating bandwidth, etc.), or its own power is sufficient. The existing cluster head node in the cluster can compare itself with the RSRP measurement value or other parameters of one or more SSBs sent by the terminal device 2. If the cluster head node thinks that the parameters of the terminal device 2 are more conducive to cluster communication, the cluster The head node can send the information of the cluster member nodes that have joined the cluster to the terminal device 2, and the terminal device 2 sends the specified SL-SSB as the new cluster head node, and the original cluster head node becomes the new cluster member node. Therefore, the identity exchange is realized.
S507:终端设备2作为簇头节点,根据第一信息的指示,发送指定SL-SSB。S507: As the cluster head node, the terminal device 2 sends the designated SL-SSB according to the indication of the first information.
以上述表1中簇1为例,S505中,若该终端设备2在SL-SSB-1时频位置上未搜索到SL-SSB-1,则表示当前簇1中无簇头节点,则终端设备2可以以簇头节点的身份加入簇1,并在S507中向外发送SL-SSB-1。S505中,若终端设备2在SL-SSB-1时频位置上搜索到SL-SSB-1,则表示当前簇1中的簇头节点数量为1,已达到第一信息中指示的簇1的簇头节点的数量上限,此时,终端设备2无法以簇头节点的身份加入簇1,返回S506a或S506b。Taking cluster 1 in the above Table 1 as an example, in S505, if the terminal device 2 does not search for SL-SSB-1 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-1, it means that there is no cluster head node in the current cluster 1, and the terminal Device 2 may join cluster 1 as a cluster head node, and send SL-SSB-1 outward in S507. In S505, if the terminal device 2 searches for SL-SSB-1 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-1, it means that the number of cluster head nodes in the current cluster 1 is 1, which has reached the number of cluster 1 indicated in the first information. The upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes. At this time, the terminal device 2 cannot join the cluster 1 as the cluster head node, and returns to S506a or S506b.
以上述表1中簇2为例,S505中,若终端设备2在SL-SSB-2时频位置上搜索到SL-SSB-2,在SL-SSB-3时频位置上未搜索到SL-SSB-3,则表示簇2中当前簇头节点的数量为1,未达到第一信息中指示的簇2的簇头节点的数量上限,此时,终端设备2可以以簇头节点的身份加入簇2,并在S507中向外发送SL-SSB-3。Taking cluster 2 in Table 1 above as an example, in S505, if terminal device 2 searches for SL-SSB-2 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-2, but does not search for SL-SSB-2 at the time-frequency position of SL-SSB-3. SSB-3, it means that the current number of cluster head nodes in cluster 2 is 1, which has not reached the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes of cluster 2 indicated in the first information. At this time, terminal device 2 can join as a cluster head node. Cluster 2, and send SL-SSB-3 out in S507.
若S506b中,终端设备2与簇内的已有簇头节点实现了身份交换,则S507中终端设备2可以代替原簇头节点发送指定的SL-SSB。以上述表1中簇1为例,终端设备2可以代替原簇头节点发送指定的SL-SSB-1。If in S506b, the terminal device 2 has realized identity exchange with the existing cluster head node in the cluster, then in S507, the terminal device 2 can send the designated SL-SSB instead of the original cluster head node. Taking the cluster 1 in the above Table 1 as an example, the terminal device 2 can send the designated SL-SSB-1 instead of the original cluster head node.
S508:终端设备2作为簇头节点,接收候选簇成员节点基于指定的SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源发送的入簇结果信息。入簇结果信息可以包括入簇成功的信息,也可以包括入簇失败的信息。S508: As a cluster head node, the terminal device 2 receives the clustering result information sent by the candidate cluster member node based on the feedback resources carried in the designated SL-SSB. The clustering result information may include information that the clustering is successful, and may also include information that the clustering fails.
终端设备成簇之后,若簇头节点发起随机接入过程而进入连接态,则可以向网络设备上报已经成功入簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息,还可以向网络设备上报入簇失败的终端设备的信息。网络设备则可以根据簇头节点上报的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息更新成簇信息,以便之后基于历史成簇信息或者入簇失败信息,调整对其覆盖范围或其管理范围内的海量终端设备的分簇,以进一步优化终端设备成簇后的通信效果。After the terminal device is clustered, if the cluster head node initiates the random access process and enters the connected state, it can report the information of the cluster head node and/or cluster member node that has been successfully clustered to the network device, and can also report the information to the network device. Information about end devices that failed to cluster. The network device can update the clustering information according to the information of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member nodes reported by the cluster head node, so as to adjust the coverage or management range of the clustering information based on the historical clustering information or the clustering failure information. Clustering a large number of terminal devices to further optimize the communication effect after the terminal devices are clustered.
参阅图6,以指定参数为RSRP,以及终端设备通过搜索SSB测量RSRP的方式为例,介绍终端设备的候选身份为候选簇头节点且可以进入连接态而由网络设备单独指示时的成簇流程的相关细节。其中,为了便于分区,在图6及其相关描述中以终端设备3指代该候选身份为候选簇头节点且进入连接态的终端设备。Referring to Fig. 6, taking the specified parameter as RSRP, and the way that the terminal device measures RSRP by searching the SSB as an example, the clustering process when the candidate identity of the terminal device is the candidate cluster head node and can enter the connection state and is individually indicated by the network device is introduced. relevant details. Wherein, in order to facilitate partitioning, in FIG. 6 and related descriptions, the terminal device 3 refers to the terminal device whose candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node and enters a connected state.
如图6所示,终端设备3的成簇流程可以包括:As shown in Figure 6, the clustering process of the terminal device 3 may include:
S601:终端设备3搜索SSB,测量搜索到的一个或多个SSB的RSRP。其中,该一个或多个SSB可以属于同一个小区,也可以属于不同的小区。S601: The terminal device 3 searches for the SSB, and measures the RSRP of the searched one or more SSBs. The one or more SSBs may belong to the same cell, or may belong to different cells.
S602:终端设备3接收网络设备发送的第一信息。S602: The terminal device 3 receives the first information sent by the network device.
该第一信息可以包括上述表1-表4中任一表所示的内容。具体可以参见上文结合表1-表4以及图4-5的相关描述,在此不再赘述。The first information may include the content shown in any one of Table 1 to Table 4 above. For details, reference may be made to the above related descriptions in conjunction with Table 1-Table 4 and FIGS. 4-5 , which will not be repeated here.
S603:终端设备3根据第一信息以及测量一个或多个SSB得到的RSRP测量值,确定自身在相应簇中的候选身份为候选簇头节点。具体参见上文S503,在此不再赘述。S603: The terminal device 3 determines, according to the first information and the RSRP measurement value obtained by measuring one or more SSBs, that its candidate identity in the corresponding cluster is a candidate cluster head node. For details, refer to S503 above, which will not be repeated here.
S604:终端设备3发起随机接入过程,以与网络设备建立RRC连接,进入连接态。S604: The terminal device 3 initiates a random access procedure to establish an RRC connection with the network device, and enters a connected state.
S605:终端设备3根据是否接收到网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,确定是否满足第二成簇条件。其中,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送指定的SL-SSB。S605: The terminal device 3 determines whether the second clustering condition is satisfied according to whether it receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device. Wherein, the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the designated SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
若终端设备3未接收到网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,则可以不入簇。或者,也可以等待网络设备发送的簇成员指示信息,根据网络设备的指示以簇成员节点的身份入簇。或者,可以作为候选簇成员节点,在满足第一成簇条件时以簇成员节点的身份入簇。或者,也可以与已有簇头节点请求交换身份,在与原簇头节点交换身份后以簇头节点的身份入簇。详见上文S506a和S506b,在此不再赘述。If the terminal device 3 does not receive the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, it may not join the cluster. Alternatively, it is also possible to wait for the cluster member indication information sent by the network device, and join the cluster as a cluster member node according to the instruction of the network device. Alternatively, it can be used as a candidate cluster member node and join the cluster as a cluster member node when the first clustering condition is satisfied. Alternatively, it can also request to exchange identities with an existing cluster head node, and join the cluster as the cluster head node after exchanging identities with the original cluster head node. See S506a and S506b above for details, and details are not repeated here.
若终端设备3接收到网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,则进入S607。If the terminal device 3 receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, it goes to S607.
S607:终端设备3作为簇头节点,发送指定的SL-SSB。S607: The terminal device 3, as the cluster head node, sends the designated SL-SSB.
S608:终端设备3作为簇头节点,接收簇成员节点和/或候选簇成员节点基于指定的 SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源发送的入簇结果信息。入簇结果信息可以包括入簇成功的信息,也可以包括入簇失败的信息。S608: As the cluster head node, the terminal device 3 receives the clustering result information sent by the cluster member node and/or the candidate cluster member node based on the feedback resources carried in the specified SL-SSB. The clustering result information may include information that the clustering is successful, and may also include information that the clustering fails.
S609:终端设备3向网络设备上报已经成功入簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息,以使网络设备与簇成员节点建立RRC连接。其中,终端设备3上报的信息中也可以包括入簇失败的终端设备的信息。网络设备则可以根据簇头节点上报的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息更新成簇信息,以便之后基于历史成簇信息或者入簇失败信息,调整对其覆盖范围或其管理范围内的海量终端设备的分簇,以进一步优化终端设备成簇后的通信效果。S609: The terminal device 3 reports the information of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member node that has successfully joined the cluster to the network device, so that the network device can establish an RRC connection with the cluster member node. The information reported by the terminal device 3 may also include the information of the terminal device that fails to join the cluster. The network device can update the clustering information according to the information of the cluster head node and/or the cluster member nodes reported by the cluster head node, so as to adjust the coverage or management range of the clustering information based on the historical clustering information or the clustering failure information. Clustering a large number of terminal devices to further optimize the communication effect after the terminal devices are clustered.
由此,通过图4-图6所示的方法,网络设备可以向其覆盖范围内或管理范围内的终端设备发送用于指示终端设备成簇的第一信息(包括指示终端设备成簇的任一种指示信息),终端设备可以通过接收网络设备广播的第一信息,并根据第一信息的指示,与其它终端设备组成簇,从而实现终端成簇。该方案成簇流程简单,能够减少终端设备成簇过程中的信令和能耗开销,并且成簇后通信效果更优。Thus, through the methods shown in FIGS. 4 to 6 , the network device can send the first information (including any information indicating clustering of terminal devices) to the terminal devices within its coverage or management range. A kind of indication information), the terminal device can form a cluster with other terminal devices by receiving the first information broadcast by the network device, and according to the indication of the first information, so as to realize the terminal clustering. The clustering process of the scheme is simple, the signaling and energy consumption overhead in the clustering process of terminal equipment can be reduced, and the communication effect after clustering is better.
上述主要从网络设备和终端设备之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,为了实现上述功能,网络设备和终端设备包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本发明能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the present application from the perspective of the interaction between the network device and the terminal device. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, the network device and the terminal device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present invention can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in conjunction with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of the present invention.
如图7所示,为本申请所涉及的终端设备成簇的装置的一种可能的示例性框图,该装置700可以以软件或硬件的形式存在。装置700可以包括收发单元710和处理单元720。收发单元710用于支持装置700与其他网络实体的通信,处理单元720用于对装置700的动作进行控制。在一些实施例中,装置700还可以包括存储单元730,存储单元730用于存储装置700的程序代码和数据。As shown in FIG. 7 , which is a possible exemplary block diagram of the apparatus for clustering terminal devices involved in this application, the apparatus 700 may exist in the form of software or hardware. The apparatus 700 may include a transceiving unit 710 and a processing unit 720 . The transceiver unit 710 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 700 and other network entities, and the processing unit 720 is used to control the actions of the apparatus 700 . In some embodiments, the apparatus 700 may further include a storage unit 730 for storing program codes and data of the apparatus 700 .
其中,处理单元可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP),专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包括一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。存储单元可以是存储器。通信单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该通信单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路,或者,是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The processing unit may be a processor or a controller, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits) , ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure. The processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The storage unit may be a memory. The communication unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the communication unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices, or an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
该装置700可以为上述任一实施例中的终端设备,还可以为用于终端设备的芯片。例如,当装置700为终端设备时,该处理单元例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是收发器。可选的,该收发器可以包括射频电路,该存储单元例如可以是存储器。例如,当装置700为用于终端设备的芯片时,该处理单元例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,可选 地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该终端设备内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。The apparatus 700 may be the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments, and may also be a chip used for the terminal device. For example, when the apparatus 700 is a terminal device, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, a transceiver. Optionally, the transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit, and the storage unit may be, for example, a memory. For example, when the apparatus 700 is a chip for a terminal device, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, and the like. The processing unit can execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the storage unit. Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be located outside the chip in the terminal device. A storage unit, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), etc.
在一个实施例中,所述收发单元710,用于接收网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;处理单元720,用于根据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。In one embodiment, the transceiver unit 710 is configured to receive first information sent by a network device, where the first information includes: a first condition that a candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or a candidate cluster head node should The second condition is satisfied; the processing unit 720 is configured to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间;所述处理单元用于:根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点;当确定满足第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible implementation method, the first condition includes a first value interval of a specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: determine the candidate according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval The identity is a candidate cluster member node; when it is determined that the first clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster member node is added to the cluster as the identity of the cluster member node.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一成簇条件包括:所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于或等于第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述簇的簇成员节点的数量上限。In a possible implementation method, the first clustering condition includes: the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a first value, and the first value is used to indicate the cluster member nodes of the cluster the upper limit of the number of .
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第一成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备根据基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB获取到的簇成员节点数量信息指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,其中,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB中,和/或,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB指示的预定资源中。In a possible implementation method, the first information includes the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the first component Cluster conditions, including: the terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained by the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, wherein the The information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes is included in the SL-SSB indication based on the time-frequency code resource in the scheduled resources.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二条件包括指定参数的第二取值区间;所述处理单元用于:根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇头节点;当确定满足第二成簇条件时,以所述簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible implementation method, the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: determine the candidate according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval The identity is the candidate cluster head node; when it is determined that the second clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster head node is used as the identity of the cluster head node to join the cluster.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二成簇条件包括:所述簇中的簇头节点的数量小于或等于第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限。In a possible implementation method, the second clustering condition includes: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a second value, where the second value is used to indicate the cluster head nodes of the cluster the upper limit of the number of .
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一信息包括所述第二值和所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备接收到的基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB的数量小于所述第二值。In a possible implementation method, the first information includes the second value and the time-frequency code resource of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device Satisfying the second clustering condition includes: the number of SL-SSBs based on the time-frequency code resource received by the terminal device is less than the second value.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备接收到所述网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,其中,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。In a possible implementation method, the first information includes the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal device satisfies the second component The cluster condition includes: the terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述收发单元还用于:向所述网络设备发送所述指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述终端设备的指定参数的测量值发送的。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the measurement value of the specified parameter to the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the terminal device The measured value of the specified parameter is sent.
在一种可能的实现方法中,当所述终端设备为候选簇头节点且不满足所述第二成簇条件时,所述处理单元还用于:在满足所述第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇;或者,向所述簇中的簇头节点发送第一请求,所述第一请求中携带所述指定参数的测量值,用于请求与所述簇头节点交换节点身份后以簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。In a possible implementation method, when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and the second clustering condition is not met, the processing unit is further configured to: when the first clustering condition is met,: Join the cluster as a member node of the cluster; or, send a first request to the cluster head node in the cluster, where the first request carries the measured value of the specified parameter, which is used for requesting to communicate with the The cluster head node joins the cluster as the cluster head node after exchanging node identities.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述处理单元确定为簇头节点时,所述收发单元还用于:基于所述时频码资源发送SL-SSB;或者,所述处理单元确定为簇成员节点时,基于簇头节点发送的SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源,向所述簇头节点发送入簇结果信息。In a possible implementation method, when the processing unit is determined to be a cluster head node, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource; or, the processing unit is determined to be a cluster member When the cluster head node is a node, based on the feedback resources carried in the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node, the cluster entry result information is sent to the cluster head node.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。In a possible implementation method, the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the terminal equipment measuring the reference signal of the camping cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camping cell The obtained RSRP measurement value, the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。In a possible implementation method, the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or, the The value of the distance between the terminal device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block with the maximum RSRP of the reference signal received by the terminal device The index value of the SSB.
可以理解的是,该装置用于上述终端设备成簇的方法时的具体实现过程以及相应的有益效果,可以参考前述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It can be understood that, for the specific implementation process and the corresponding beneficial effects when the apparatus is used in the above-mentioned method for clustering terminal devices, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
如图8所示,为本申请所涉及的终端设备成簇的装置的一种可能的示例性框图,该装置800可以以软件或硬件的形式存在。装置800可以包括处理单元810和收发单元820。处理单元810用于对装置800的动作进行控制,收发单元820用于支持装置800与其他网络实体的通信。在一些实施例中,装置800还可以包括存储单元830,存储单元用于存储装置800的程序代码和数据。As shown in FIG. 8 , which is a possible exemplary block diagram of the apparatus for clustering terminal devices involved in this application, the apparatus 800 may exist in the form of software or hardware. The apparatus 800 may include a processing unit 810 and a transceiving unit 820 . The processing unit 810 is used to control the action of the apparatus 800, and the transceiver unit 820 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 800 and other network entities. In some embodiments, the apparatus 800 may further include a storage unit 830 for storing program codes and data of the apparatus 800 .
其中,处理单元可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP),专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包括一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。存储单元可以是存储器。通信单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该通信单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路,或者,是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The processing unit may be a processor or a controller, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits) , ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure. The processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The storage unit may be a memory. The communication unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the communication unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices, or an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
该装置800可以为上述任一实施例中的网络设备,还可以为用于网络设备的芯片。例如,当装置800为网络设备时,该处理单元例如可以是处理器,该收发单元例如可以是收发器。可选的,该收发器可以包括射频电路,该存储单元例如可以是存储器。例如,当装置800为用于网络设备的芯片时,该处理单元例如可以是处理器,该收发单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该网络设备内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。The apparatus 800 may be the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments, and may also be a chip used for the network device. For example, when the apparatus 800 is a network device, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the transceiving unit may be, for example, a transceiver. Optionally, the transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit, and the storage unit may be, for example, a memory. For example, when the apparatus 800 is a chip used for network equipment, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the transceiver unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, and the like. The processing unit can execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the storage unit. Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be located outside the chip in the network device. A storage unit, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), etc.
在一个实施例中,所述处理单元810,用于生成第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;收发单元820,用于发送所述第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示终端设备以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。In one embodiment, the processing unit 810 is configured to generate first information, where the first information includes: a first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or a second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy condition; the transceiver unit 820 is configured to send the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述处理单元用于:根据历史成簇信息生成所述第一信息,其中,所述历史成簇信息包括历史上组成簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息。In a possible implementation method, the processing unit is configured to: generate the first information according to historical clustering information, wherein the historical clustering information includes cluster head nodes and/or cluster members that form clusters in the past Node information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一信息中还包括以下任一项或组合:所述簇中的簇 头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;第二值,用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限;所述簇中的簇头节点所属的第一小区和/或第二小区的小区标识,其中,所述第一小区为所述网络设备管理的小区,所述第二小区为所述第一小区的邻小区。In a possible implementation method, the first information further includes any one or a combination of the following: the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; A binary value, used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster; the cell identifier of the first cell and/or the second cell to which the cluster head node in the cluster belongs, wherein the first cell is the A cell managed by a network device, where the second cell is a neighboring cell of the first cell.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇头节点;以及/或者,所述第二条件包括所述指定参数的第二取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇成员节点。In a possible implementation method, the first condition includes a first value interval of a specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine its own candidate identity according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval is a candidate cluster head node; and/or the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine itself according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval The candidate identity of is a candidate cluster member node.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述收发单元还用于:向所述终端设备发送簇头指示信息,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send cluster head indication information to the terminal device, where the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device as a cluster head node to send the SL- SSB.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述收发单元还用于:接收所述终端设备发送的指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述指定参数的测量值发送的。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive a measurement value of a specified parameter sent by the terminal device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the specified parameter. measured values are sent.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。In a possible implementation method, the specified parameter is the reference signal received power RSRP; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the terminal equipment measuring the reference signal of the camping cell and/or the neighboring cells of the camping cell The obtained RSRP measurement value, the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。In a possible implementation method, the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: longitude coordinates and latitude coordinates of the terminal device, and/or, the The value of the distance between the terminal device and the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or the synchronization signal block with the maximum RSRP of the reference signal received by the terminal device The index value of the SSB.
可以理解的是,该装置用于上述终端设备成簇的方法时的具体实现过程以及相应的有益效果,可以参考前述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It can be understood that, for the specific implementation process and the corresponding beneficial effects when the apparatus is used in the above-mentioned method for clustering terminal devices, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
如图9所示,为本申请提供的一种装置示意图,该装置可以是上述实施例中的终端设备或网络设备,也可以是上述实施例中的信息发送装置或信息接收装置。该装置900包括:处理器902、通信接口903、存储器901。可选的,装置900还可以包括通信线路904。其中,通信接口903、处理器902以及存储器901可以通过通信线路904相互连接;通信线路904可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,简称PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,简称EISA)总线等。所述通信线路904可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图9中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。As shown in FIG. 9 , which is a schematic diagram of an apparatus provided in the present application, the apparatus may be a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment, or an information sending apparatus or an information receiving apparatus in the foregoing embodiment. The apparatus 900 includes: a processor 902 , a communication interface 903 , and a memory 901 . Optionally, the apparatus 900 may further include a communication line 904 . Wherein, the communication interface 903, the processor 902 and the memory 901 can be connected to each other through a communication line 904; the communication line 904 can be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI for short) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (extended industry standard architecture). , referred to as EISA) bus and so on. The communication line 904 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
处理器902可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 902 may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the programs of the present application.
通信接口903,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN),有线接入网等。 Communication interface 903, using any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), Wired access network, etc.
存储器901可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但 不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路804与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 901 can be a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory). read-only memory, EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk A storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, without limitation. The memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through communication line 804 . The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器901用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器902来控制执行。处理器902用于执行存储器901中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请上述实施例提供的信息发送方法和/或信息接收方法。The memory 901 is used for storing computer-executed instructions for executing the solutions of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 902 . The processor 902 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 901, thereby implementing the information sending method and/or the information receiving method provided by the above embodiments of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:本申请中涉及的第一、第二等各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围,也表示先后顺序。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个。至少两个是指两个或者多个。“至少一个”、“任意一个”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个、种),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。此外,对于单数形式“a”,“an”和“the”出现的元素(element),除非上下文另有明确规定,否则其不意味着“一个或仅一个”,而是意味着“一个或多于一个”。例如,“a device”意味着对一个或多个这样的device。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that the first, second, and other numeral numbers involved in the present application are only for the convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application, but also represent the sequence. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one" means one or more. At least two means two or more. "At least one", "any one", or similar expressions, refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural item(s). For example, at least one item (single, species) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple. "Plurality" means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar. Furthermore, occurrences of the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" do not mean "one or only one" unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, but rather "one or more" in one". For example, "a device" means to one or more such devices.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), and the like.
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路(ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置,离散门或晶体管逻辑,离散硬件部件,或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器,可选地,该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现,例如数字信号处理器和微处理器,多个微处理器,一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核,或任何其它类似的配置来实现。The various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of this application may be implemented by general purpose processors, digital signal processors, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, Discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above are designed to implement or operate the described functions. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意 形式的存储媒介中。示例性地,存储媒介可以与处理器连接,以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息,并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地,存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of this application may be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. A software unit may be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. Illustratively, a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor. The processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process such that The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow or blocks of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包括这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, this specification and drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of this application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (45)

  1. 一种终端设备成簇的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for clustering terminal devices, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;The terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device, where the first information includes: the first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or the second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。The terminal device joins the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间;所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first condition includes a first value interval of a specified parameter; and the terminal device joins as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information clusters, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点;The terminal device determines that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster member node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval;
    当所述终端设备确定满足第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇。When the terminal device determines that the first clustering condition is satisfied, it joins the cluster as the cluster member node.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一成簇条件包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first clustering condition comprises:
    所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于或等于第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述簇的簇成员节点的数量上限。The number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a first value, and the first value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes of the cluster.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第一成簇条件,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the first information comprises the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal equipment satisfies all requirements Describe the first clustering condition, including:
    所述终端设备根据基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB获取到的簇成员节点数量信息指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,其中,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB中,和/或,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB指示的预定资源中。The terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained based on the SL-SSB of the time-frequency code resource, wherein the number of cluster member nodes is less than the first value. The information is contained in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes is contained in a predetermined resource indicated by the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括指定参数的第二取值区间;所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter; the terminal device selects a cluster member node or a cluster member node according to the first information The identity of the cluster head node joins the cluster, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇头节点;The terminal device determines that the candidate identity is a candidate cluster head node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval;
    当所述终端设备确定满足第二成簇条件时,以所述簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。When the terminal device determines that the second clustering condition is satisfied, it joins the cluster as the cluster head node.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二成簇条件包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the second clustering condition comprises:
    所述簇中的簇头节点的数量小于或等于第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限。The number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a second value, and the second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes of the cluster.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第二值和所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the first information includes the second value and time-frequency code resources of a sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by a cluster head node in the cluster; The terminal device satisfies the second clustering condition, including:
    所述终端设备接收到的基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB的数量小于所述第二值。The number of SL-SSBs received by the terminal device based on the time-frequency code resource is less than the second value.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the first information includes time-frequency code resources of a sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by a cluster head node in the cluster; and the terminal device satisfies all requirements Describe the second clustering condition, including:
    所述终端设备接收到所述网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,其中,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。The terminal device receives the cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述终端设备的指定参数的测量值发送的。The terminal device sends the measurement value of the specified parameter to the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is sent by the network device in response to the measurement value of the specified parameter of the terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求5-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述终端设备为候选簇头节点且不满足所述第二成簇条件时,所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,以簇头节点或簇成员节点的身份加入簇,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 5-9, wherein when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and the second clustering condition is not satisfied, the terminal device information, join the cluster as a cluster head node or a cluster member node, and also include:
    所述终端设备在满足所述第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇;或者When the terminal device satisfies the first clustering condition, it joins the cluster as a member node of the cluster; or
    所述终端设备向所述簇中的簇头节点发送第一请求,所述第一请求中携带所述指定参数的测量值,用于请求与所述簇头节点交换节点身份后以簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。The terminal device sends a first request to the cluster head node in the cluster, and the first request carries the measurement value of the specified parameter, which is used to request to exchange the node identity with the cluster head node as the cluster head node. to join the cluster.
  11. 根据权利要求4或7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4 or 7 or 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备为簇头节点时,基于所述时频码资源发送SL-SSB;或者When the terminal device is a cluster head node, send the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource; or
    所述终端设备为簇成员节点时,基于簇头节点发送的SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源,向所述簇头节点发送入簇结果信息。When the terminal device is a cluster member node, based on the feedback resources carried in the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node, the cluster head node sends cluster entry result information to the cluster head node.
  12. 根据权利要求2-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。The method according to any one of claims 2-11, wherein the specified parameter is reference signal received power (RSRP); the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the terminal equipment measuring the camped cell and/or the The RSRP measurement value obtained from the reference signal of the neighbor cell of the camping cell, the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  13. 根据权利要求2-12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。The method according to any one of claims 2-12, wherein the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measurement value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: the longitude coordinates of the terminal device and latitude coordinates, and/or, the distance value of the terminal device from the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or, the terminal device received The index value of the synchronization signal block SSB with the largest reference signal received power RSRP.
  14. 一种终端设备成簇的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for clustering terminal devices, characterized in that the method comprises:
    网络设备生成第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;The network device generates first information, and the first information includes: a first condition that the candidate cluster member node should satisfy, and/or a second condition that the candidate cluster head node should satisfy;
    所述网络设备发送所述第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示终端设备以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。The network device sends the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备生成第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the network device generates the first information, comprising:
    所述网络设备根据历史成簇信息生成所述第一信息,其中,所述历史成簇信息包括历史上组成簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息。The network device generates the first information according to historical clustering information, wherein the historical clustering information includes information of cluster head nodes and/or cluster member nodes that form a cluster in the past.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息中还包括以下任一项或组合:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the first information further includes any one or a combination of the following:
    所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster;
    第二值,用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限;The second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes of the cluster;
    所述簇中的簇头节点所属的第一小区和/或第二小区的小区标识,其中,所述第一小区为所述网络设备管理的小区,所述第二小区为所述第一小区的邻小区。Cell identifiers of the first cell and/or the second cell to which the cluster head node in the cluster belongs, where the first cell is a cell managed by the network device, and the second cell is the first cell neighbouring district.
  17. 根据权利要求14-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 14-16, wherein,
    所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇头节点;以及/或者The first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine its own candidate identity as a candidate cluster head node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval; and/or
    所述第二条件包括所述指定参数的第二取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的 测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇成员节点。The second condition includes the second value interval of the specified parameter, and is used for the terminal device to determine its own candidate identity as a candidate cluster member node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送簇头指示信息,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。The network device sends cluster head indication information to the terminal device, where the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述指定参数的测量值发送的。The network device receives the measurement value of the specified parameter sent by the terminal device, wherein the cluster head indication information is sent by the network device in response to the measurement value of the specified parameter.
  20. 根据权利要求16-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。The method according to any one of claims 16-19, wherein the specified parameter is reference signal received power (RSRP); the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the terminal equipment measuring the camped cell and/or the The RSRP measurement value obtained from the reference signal of the neighbor cell of the camping cell, the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  21. 根据权利要求16-20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。The method according to any one of claims 16-20, wherein the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measured value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: the longitude coordinates of the terminal device and latitude coordinates, and/or, the distance value of the terminal device from the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or, the terminal device received The index value of the synchronization signal block SSB with the largest reference signal received power RSRP.
  22. 一种终端设备成簇的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A device for clustering terminal equipment, characterized in that the device comprises:
    收发单元,用于接收网络设备发送的第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;a transceiver unit, configured to receive first information sent by a network device, where the first information includes: a first condition that should be satisfied by the candidate cluster member node, and/or a second condition that should be satisfied by the candidate cluster head node;
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一信息,以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。The processing unit is configured to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node according to the first information.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间;所述处理单元用于:根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇成员节点;当确定满足第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇。The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the first condition comprises a first value interval of a specified parameter; and the processing unit is configured to: a measured value according to the specified parameter belongs to the first value In the interval, the candidate identity is determined to be a candidate cluster member node; when it is determined that the first clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster member node is added to the cluster as the identity of the cluster member node.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一成簇条件包括:所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于或等于第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述簇的簇成员节点的数量上限。The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the first clustering condition comprises: the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a first value, and the first value is used to indicate the cluster The upper limit of the number of cluster member nodes.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第一成簇条件,包括:The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein the first information comprises a time-frequency code resource of a sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by a cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal equipment satisfies all requirements Describe the first clustering condition, including:
    所述终端设备根据基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB获取到的簇成员节点数量信息指示所述簇中的簇成员节点的数量小于所述第一值,其中,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB中,和/或,所述簇成员节点数量信息包含在基于所述时频码资源的所述SL-SSB指示的预定资源中。The terminal device indicates that the number of cluster member nodes in the cluster is less than the first value according to the information on the number of cluster member nodes obtained based on the SL-SSB of the time-frequency code resource, wherein the number of cluster member nodes is less than the first value. The information is contained in the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource, and/or the information on the number of cluster member nodes is contained in a predetermined resource indicated by the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource.
  26. 根据权利要求22-25中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括指定参数的第二取值区间;所述处理单元用于:根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定候选身份为候选簇头节点;当确定满足第二成簇条件时,以所述簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。The device according to any one of claims 22-25, wherein the second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter; the processing unit is configured to: according to the measurement value of the specified parameter, belong to In the second value interval, the candidate identity is determined as the candidate cluster head node; when it is determined that the second clustering condition is satisfied, the cluster head node is used as the identity of the cluster head node to join the cluster.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二成簇条件包括:所述簇中的簇头节点的数量小于或等于第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限。The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the second clustering condition comprises: the number of cluster head nodes in the cluster is less than or equal to a second value, and the second value is used to indicate the cluster The upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第二值和所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备接收到的基于所述时频码资源的SL-SSB的数量小于所述第二值。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the first information comprises the second value and time-frequency code resources of a sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by a cluster head node in the cluster; The terminal device satisfying the second clustering condition includes: the number of SL-SSBs based on the time-frequency code resource received by the terminal device is less than the second value.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;所述终端设备满足所述第二成簇条件,包括:所述终端设备接收到所述网络设备发送的簇头指示信息,其中,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the first information comprises a time-frequency code resource of a sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by a cluster head node in the cluster; the terminal equipment satisfies all requirements The second clustering condition includes: the terminal device receives cluster head indication information sent by the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device as a cluster head node to send the SL- SSB.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:向所述网络设备发送所述指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述终端设备的指定参数的测量值发送的。The apparatus according to claim 29, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the measurement value of the specified parameter to the network device, wherein the cluster head indication information is the response of the network device to the The measured value of the specified parameter of the terminal equipment is sent.
  31. 根据权利要求26-30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,当所述终端设备为候选簇头节点且不满足所述第二成簇条件时,所述处理单元还用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 26-30, wherein when the terminal device is a candidate cluster head node and does not meet the second clustering condition, the processing unit is further configured to:
    在满足所述第一成簇条件时,以所述簇成员节点的身份加入所述簇;或者,When the first clustering condition is satisfied, join the cluster as the cluster member node; or,
    向所述簇中的簇头节点发送第一请求,所述第一请求中携带所述指定参数的测量值,用于请求与所述簇头节点交换节点身份后以簇头节点的身份加入所述簇。Send a first request to the cluster head node in the cluster, and the first request carries the measurement value of the specified parameter, which is used to request to join the cluster as the cluster head node after exchanging node identities with the cluster head node. described cluster.
  32. 根据权利要求24或28或29所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 24 or 28 or 29, characterized in that,
    所述处理单元确定为簇头节点时,所述收发单元还用于:基于所述时频码资源发送SL-SSB;或者When the processing unit is determined to be a cluster head node, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the SL-SSB based on the time-frequency code resource; or
    所述处理单元确定为簇成员节点时,基于簇头节点发送的SL-SSB中携带的反馈资源,向所述簇头节点发送入簇结果信息。When the processing unit is determined to be a cluster member node, based on the feedback resources carried in the SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node, the cluster head node sends cluster entry result information to the cluster head node.
  33. 根据权利要求22-32中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。The apparatus according to any one of claims 22-32, wherein the specified parameter is reference signal received power (RSRP); the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the terminal equipment measuring the camped cell and/or the The RSRP measurement value obtained from the reference signal of the neighbor cell of the camping cell, the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  34. 根据权利要求23-33中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。The apparatus according to any one of claims 23-33, wherein the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measured value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: the longitude coordinates of the terminal device and latitude coordinates, and/or, the distance value of the terminal device from the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or, the terminal device received The index value of the synchronization signal block SSB with the largest reference signal received power RSRP.
  35. 一种终端设备成簇的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A device for clustering terminal equipment, characterized in that the device comprises:
    处理单元,用于生成第一信息,所述第一信息包括:候选簇成员节点应满足的第一条件,和/或,候选簇头节点应满足的第二条件;a processing unit, configured to generate first information, where the first information includes: a first condition that should be satisfied by the candidate cluster member node, and/or a second condition that should be satisfied by the candidate cluster head node;
    收发单元,用于发送所述第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示终端设备以簇成员节点或簇头节点的身份加入簇。A transceiver unit, configured to send the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the cluster as a cluster member node or a cluster head node.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于:The apparatus of claim 35, wherein the processing unit is configured to:
    根据历史成簇信息生成所述第一信息,其中,所述历史成簇信息包括历史上组成簇的簇头节点和/或簇成员节点的信息。The first information is generated according to historical clustering information, wherein the historical clustering information includes information of cluster head nodes and/or cluster member nodes that form a cluster in the past.
  37. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息中还包括以下任一项或组合:The device according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the first information further includes any one or a combination of the following:
    所述簇中的簇头节点发送的旁链路同步信号块SL-SSB的时频码资源;the time-frequency code resources of the sidelink synchronization signal block SL-SSB sent by the cluster head node in the cluster;
    第二值,用于指示所述簇的簇头节点的数量上限;The second value is used to indicate the upper limit of the number of cluster head nodes of the cluster;
    所述簇中的簇头节点所属的第一小区和/或第二小区的小区标识,其中,所述第一小区为所述网络设备管理的小区,所述第二小区为所述第一小区的邻小区。Cell identifiers of the first cell and/or the second cell to which the cluster head node in the cluster belongs, where the first cell is a cell managed by the network device, and the second cell is the first cell neighbouring district.
  38. 根据权利要求35-37中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 35-37, characterized in that,
    所述第一条件包括指定参数的第一取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第一取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇头节点;以及/或者The first condition includes a first value interval of the specified parameter, for the terminal device to determine its own candidate identity as a candidate cluster head node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the first value interval; and/or
    所述第二条件包括所述指定参数的第二取值区间,用于终端设备根据所述指定参数的测量值属于所述第二取值区间,确定自身的候选身份为候选簇成员节点。The second condition includes a second value interval of the specified parameter, and is used by the terminal device to determine its own candidate identity as a candidate cluster member node according to the measurement value of the specified parameter belonging to the second value interval.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to claim 38, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述终端设备发送簇头指示信息,所述簇头指示信息用于指示所述终端设备作为簇头节点发送所述SL-SSB。Sending cluster head indication information to the terminal device, where the cluster head indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the SL-SSB as a cluster head node.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to claim 39, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收所述终端设备发送的指定参数的测量值,其中,所述簇头指示信息是所述网络设备响应于所述指定参数的测量值发送的。A measurement value of a specified parameter sent by the terminal device is received, wherein the cluster head indication information is sent by the network device in response to the measurement value of the specified parameter.
  41. 根据权利要求37-40中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指定参数为参考信号接收功率RSRP;所述指定参数的测量值包括所述终端设备测量驻留小区和/或所述驻留小区的邻小区的参考信号得到的RSRP测量值,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB和/或信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。The apparatus according to any one of claims 37-40, wherein the specified parameter is reference signal received power (RSRP); and the measurement value of the specified parameter includes the terminal equipment measuring the camped cell and/or the The RSRP measurement value obtained from the reference signal of the neighbor cell of the camping cell, the reference signal includes the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  42. 根据权利要求37-41中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指定参数为终端位置参数;所述指定参数的测量值包括以下任一项或组合:所述终端设备的经度坐标和纬度坐标,和/或,所述终端设备相距所述网络设备的距离值,和/或,所述终端设备相对于所述网络设备的方位角,和/或,所述终端设备接收到的参考信号接收功率RSRP最大的同步信号块SSB的索引值。The apparatus according to any one of claims 37-41, wherein the specified parameter is a terminal location parameter; the measured value of the specified parameter includes any one or a combination of the following: the longitude coordinates of the terminal device and latitude coordinates, and/or, the distance value of the terminal device from the network device, and/or the azimuth angle of the terminal device relative to the network device, and/or, the terminal device received The index value of the synchronization signal block SSB with the largest reference signal received power RSRP.
  43. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1-13或14-21中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of claims 1-13 or 14-21. one of the methods described.
  44. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求1-13或14-21中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method of any one of claims 1-13 or 14-21.
  45. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片与存储器耦合,所述芯片读取存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行权利要求1-13或14-21中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip is coupled to a memory, and the chip reads a computer program stored in the memory to execute the method of any one of claims 1-13 or 14-21.
PCT/CN2020/112653 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 Method and apparatus for clustering of terminal device WO2022041229A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/112653 WO2022041229A1 (en) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 Method and apparatus for clustering of terminal device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/112653 WO2022041229A1 (en) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 Method and apparatus for clustering of terminal device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022041229A1 true WO2022041229A1 (en) 2022-03-03

Family

ID=80354289

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/112653 WO2022041229A1 (en) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 Method and apparatus for clustering of terminal device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022041229A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116242367A (en) * 2023-05-10 2023-06-09 北京白水科技有限公司 Method, device and equipment for determining grouping information in group navigation positioning

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107094068A (en) * 2017-04-21 2017-08-25 深圳天珑无线科技有限公司 The method and device that a kind of D2D sub-clusterings are retransmitted
CN110213823A (en) * 2019-04-28 2019-09-06 北京邮电大学 A kind of accidental access method and device of narrowband Internet of Things

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107094068A (en) * 2017-04-21 2017-08-25 深圳天珑无线科技有限公司 The method and device that a kind of D2D sub-clusterings are retransmitted
CN110213823A (en) * 2019-04-28 2019-09-06 北京邮电大学 A kind of accidental access method and device of narrowband Internet of Things

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
QUALCOMM INC.: "View on Group Scheduling for Multicast RRC_IDLE/RRC_INACTIVE UEs", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #102-E E-MEETING R1-2006832, 8 August 2020 (2020-08-08), XP051918282 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116242367A (en) * 2023-05-10 2023-06-09 北京白水科技有限公司 Method, device and equipment for determining grouping information in group navigation positioning
CN116242367B (en) * 2023-05-10 2023-07-25 北京白水科技有限公司 Method, device and equipment for determining grouping information in group navigation positioning

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2639945C2 (en) Appointment of local device identifier when connecting from device to device carried out with network assistance
US20200053544A1 (en) Beacon Management for Network Assisted Device-to-Device Communication
JP5813241B2 (en) User equipment and wireless network nodes and methods for device-to-device communication in them
US9949237B2 (en) Method and apparatus for facilitating machine gateway operation
JP2022520093A (en) Positioning beam information acquisition method and equipment
US11638226B2 (en) Method and device for processing synchronization signal block information and communication device
WO2017193825A1 (en) Method and device for performing data transmission
EP4135368A1 (en) Energy-saving configuration method and apparatus, energy-saving method and apparatus, communication node, and storage medium
WO2022237408A1 (en) Cell selection method and communication apparatus
JP2019522388A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2022041229A1 (en) Method and apparatus for clustering of terminal device
WO2021159253A1 (en) Method for acquiring signal quality information, and device and system
US20170238352A1 (en) Wireless communication network control node and method
CN114930916A (en) Cell reselection based on UE group
WO2023116404A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021156984A1 (en) Terminal device and wireless communication method
WO2023087831A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023125143A1 (en) Cell reselection method and related apparatus
US20230262538A1 (en) Method and apparatus for recording information in mobile communication system
WO2023241264A1 (en) Cell measurement method and related apparatus
WO2024120237A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024055244A1 (en) Network energy saving methods, cell wakeup methods, terminal device, and network device
WO2024041157A1 (en) Registration method and apparatus
WO2024051187A1 (en) Method for terminal to access joint system information network, and ue and network-side device
US20240089820A1 (en) Method and user equipment (ue) for provisioning ue procedures for network slicing

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20950898

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20950898

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1